SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORP
S-1/A, 1999-12-09
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: ELECTRONICS BOUTIQUE HOLDINGS CORP, 10-Q, 1999-12-09
Next: TRANSTEL S A, 6-K, 1999-12-09




AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 9, 1999
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-90881

================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ---------------

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 ---------------
                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                    <C>                                 <C>
      DELAWARE                                    6719                         43-1809960
   (State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial        (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)     Classification Code Number)         Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                                 ---------------
                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                           12007 SUNRISE VALLEY DRIVE
                                RESTON, VA 20191
                                 (877) 728-8474
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                                 ---------------
                             STEVEN M. GALLANT, ESQ.
                  VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                           12007 SUNRISE VALLEY DRIVE
                                RESTON, VA 20191
                                 (877) 728-8474
    (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
                         code, of agent for service)
                                ---------------
                                   Copies to:
     CHRISTINE M. PALLARES, ESQ.                  ANDREW R. SCHLEIDER, ESQ.
       HOGAN & HARTSON L.L.P.                     JEANNE M. CAMPANELLI, ESQ.
          885 THIRD AVENUE                           SHEARMAN & STERLING
         NEW YORK, NY 10022                          599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
           (212) 409-9800                             NEW YORK, NY 10022
                                                       (212) 848-4000

                                 ---------------
         APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As
soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
         If any of the  securities  being  registered  on  this  form  are to be
offered  on a  delayed  or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. |_|
         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_|
         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. |_|
         If this  form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. |_|
         If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. |_|

                                 ---------------
         THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS  EFFECTIVE  DATE UNTIL THE  REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>

The  information in this  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may
not sell  these  securities  until the  registration  statement  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell  these  securities  and we are not  soliciting  an  offer  to buy  these
securities in any jurisdiction where their offer or sale is not permitted.


PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED DECEMBER 9, 1999)
ISSUED _____________, 1999

                               ___________ SHARES

                    SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION [LOGO]

                                  COMMON STOCK

         SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation  is  offering  shares of its common
stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists
for our shares.  We anticipate  that the initial  public  offering price will be
between $___ and $__ per share.

         We have filed an  application  for our common stock to be quoted on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SVVS."

         INVESTING  IN OUR COMMON  STOCK  INVOLVES  RISKS.  PLEASE READ THE RISK
FACTORS  BEGINNING ON PAGE ___ BEFORE  MAKING A DECISION TO INVEST IN OUR COMMON
STOCK.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Underwriting
                                              discounts and
                     Price to Public          commissions             Proceeds to SAVVIS
                     ---------------          -----------             ------------------

<S>                  <C>                      <C>                      <C>
Per share            $                        $                       $
Total                $                        $                       $
</TABLE>

         We have  granted  the  underwriters  the  right  to  purchase  up to an
additional ____ shares to cover over-allotments.

   ______________ expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on ___________.

                                ----------

         NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION  HAS  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  OF THESE  SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK OR
DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                               Joint Bookrunners

Merrill Lynch & Co.                                   Morgan Stanley Dean Witter





<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                PAGE                                                          PAGE
                                                ----                                                          ----

<S>                                              <C>        <C>                                                  <C>

   Prospectus Summary...........................  5         Management.........................................   74
   Risk Factors................................. 12         Transactions with Affiliates.......................   83
   Forward-Looking Statements................... 26         Principal Stockholders.............................   84
   Use of Proceeds.............................. 27         Description of Capital Stock.......................   86
   Dividend Policy.............................. 27         Shares Available for Future Sale...................   89
   Capitalization............................... 28         Underwriters.......................................   91
   Dilution..................................... 29         Validity of the Shares.............................   93
   Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated                         Experts............................................   93
     Financial Statements....................... 31         Where You May Find Additional
   Selected Historical Consolidated                            Information.....................................   93
     Financial Data............................. 36         Index to Financial Statements......................   F-1
   Management's Discussion and Analysis
     of Financial Condition and Results
     of Operations.............................. 38
   Business..................................... 48
</TABLE>

                           ---------------------------

         WE HAVE NOT TAKEN ANY ACTION TO PERMIT A PUBLIC  OFFERING OF THE SHARES
OF COMMON  STOCK  OUTSIDE  THE  UNITED  STATES OR TO PERMIT  THE  POSSESSION  OR
DISTRIBUTION OF THIS PROSPECTUS  OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES.  PERSONS OUTSIDE THE
UNITED STATES WHO COME INTO POSSESSION OF THIS PROSPECTUS MUST INFORM THEMSELVES
ABOUT AND OBSERVE  ANY  RESTRICTIONS  RELATING TO THE  OFFERING OF THE SHARES OF
COMMON  STOCK AND THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  OUTSIDE  OF THE UNITED
STATES.
                           ---------------------------

         YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR
TO WHICH WE HAVE  REFERRED  YOU.  WE HAVE NOT  AUTHORIZED  ANY  OTHER  PERSON TO
PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION. WE ARE NOT MAKING AN OFFER TO SELL THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY  JURISDICTION  WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT  PERMITTED.  YOU
SHOULD ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION APPEARING IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE ONLY
AS OF THE DATE ON THE FRONT COVER OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  OUR BUSINESS,  FINANCIAL
CONDITION,  RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS  AND  PROSPECTUS  MAY HAVE CHANGED SINCE THAT
DATE.
                           ---------------------------

         Until ________,  _____,  all dealers that effect  transactions in these
securities,  whether or not  participating in this offering,  may be required to
deliver a  prospectus.  This is in  addition  to the  obligation  of  dealers to
deliver a  prospectus  when  acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.
                           ---------------------------
                               GENERAL INFORMATION

         Market  data  and  certain  industry  forecasts  used  throughout  this
prospectus  were obtained  from  internal  surveys,  market  research,  publicly
available information and industry publications. Industry publications generally
state that the  information  contained in those  publications  has been obtained
from sources believed to be reliable,  but that the accuracy and completeness of
such  information  is not  guaranteed.  Similarly,  internal  surveys,  industry
forecasts  and market  research,

<PAGE>

while believed to be reliable, have not been independently verified, and neither
we nor the  underwriters  make any  representations  as to the  accuracy of such
information.

         Pro  forma  adjustments  show the  impact  of how the  transfer  of the
network assets,  the acquisition of us by Bridge,  and the  consummation of this
offering,  might have  affected the  historical  financial  statements  had they
occurred at an earlier date.

                           ---------------------------
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The  information  below is only a summary of more detailed  information
included in other sections of this prospectus.  This summary may not contain all
the  information  that is  important to you or that you should  consider  before
buying shares in the offering.  The other  information  is important,  so please
read this entire prospectus carefully.

         The terms  "SAVVIS,"  "we,"  "us" and "our" as used in this  prospectus
refer  to  SAVVIS   Communications   Corporation,   formerly   SAVVIS   Holdings
Corporation, and its subsidiaries,  except where by the context it is clear that
such terms mean only SAVVIS Communications Corporation. The term "Bridge" refers
to  Bridge  Information   Systems,   Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries,   which  owns
approximately 75% of our common stock.

         Unless otherwise indicated,  all information in this prospectus assumes
the  underwriters do not exercise their  over-allotment  option and reflects our
72,000-for-1 stock split of our outstanding  common stock,  issued in connection
with the acquisition of us by Bridge,  which took place on July 22, 1999. We are
currently  negotiating  to enter  into a network  services  agreement  and other
related  agreements  with Bridge,  which are described under "Business -- Bridge
Relationship." The information in this prospectus also assumes that the transfer
of the network  assets from  Bridge to SAVVIS and the  execution  of the network
services agreement and other related agreements,  that we expect to be completed
by December 31, 1999, have been completed.

                                     SAVVIS

         We are a leading  provider of high  quality,  high  performance  global
networking and Internet solutions to medium and large businesses,  multinational
corporations and Internet service providers.  We currently offer a wide range of
managed data network services,  high bandwidth Internet access,  virtual private
networks, Internet security services and colocation services.

THE SAVVIS PROACTIVE(SM) NETWORK

         The SAVVIS ProActive(SM)  Network was created through the combination
of the Bridge network,  which was constructed to meet the exacting  requirements
of the financial services industry worldwide,  and the SAVVIS network, which was
constructed to provide high quality Internet access in the United States.

         Bridge utilizes the SAVVIS  ProActive(SM)  Network to deliver  Bridge's
content and applications to over 5,000 financial  institutions,  including 75 of
the top 100  banks  in the  world  and 45 of the top 50  brokerage  firms in the
United States. We provide services,  through Bridge, to Chase Manhattan Bank and
Morgan  Stanley  Dean  Witter  and  directly  to  approximately  700  customers,
including ebay Inc., CDNow, Inc. and Sage Networks, Inc.

         The SAVVIS ProActive(SM)  Network was constructed to meet the real-time
data delivery  requirements of the most demanding customers.  Our network is one
of the largest data networks in the world, has been  operational  since 1996 and
has over 6,000 buildings on-net in 75 of the world's major commercial centers in
47  countries.  We expect to be  connected  to 81 cities in 52  countries by the
beginning of 2000. Our network  architecture is based on  asynchronous  transfer
mode,  or  ATM,  frame  relay  and  Internet  protocol,  or  IP,  architectures.
Additionally, our 75 city global system connects to eight PrivateNAPs(SM), which
will be expanded to twelve by March 2000, allowing our global network to by-pass
the congested public Internet access points. This network design enables us to

                                       5
<PAGE>

provide real-time packet delivery and guarantee low latency and low packet loss.
The network  also allows us to tailor our service  offerings  to our  customers'
needs and to offer a range of quality of service levels.

         We are enhancing the capabilities of our network and the services which
can be  offered  on it through  the  upgrade  and  expansion  of our  colocation
facilities. During 2000, we expect to complete upgrades and construction of over
250,000 square feet of colocation space in eight U.S. cities and London.

HISTORY

         Over the last four  years  Bridge,  a  leading  provider  of  financial
content, constructed one of the most sophisticated IP/ATM networks in the world.
Bridge's network was built to serve some of the largest  financial  institutions
and  institutional  investors  in  the  world.  These  active  financial  market
participants  rely on  information  received  continuously  from  Bridge to make
trading and  investment  decisions  throughout  the  business  day.  Bridge must
deliver this information instantaneously and reliably. Accordingly, Bridge built
a highly redundant fault tolerant network to deliver volume intensive, real time
financial data and news to over 250,000 trading terminals around the globe.

         From January 1996 to November 1999, Bridge IP network  connections grew
from 250 to 10,000, a compound  average annual growth rate of over 160%.  During
1999 Bridge IP network  connections  have increased an average of 600 per month,
or 250% in the  aggregate.  This  growth has  occurred  as Bridge has  converted
customer   connections   from  legacy   protocols  to  IP,   together  with  new
subscriptions for IP delivered products. Bridge's proprietary network monitoring
and customer  support  systems manage over 10,000 routers and servers,  which we
believe is the largest managed IP network in the world. Additionally, Bridge has
a  highly   experienced   group  of   network   engineers,   technical   support
representatives and customer call center personnel to support their services.

         The SAVVIS network was designed to provide high quality Internet access
services  through its 22 city system,  including  eight  PrivateNAPs(SM),  which
allow our  customers'  traffic to bypass the congested  public  Internet  access
points.  The  high  performance  of  SAVVIS  Internet  access  service  has been
independently  verified  by  Keynote  Systems  in  a  study  in  which  we  have
consistently  been rated among the top three  Internet  backbone  providers  for
performance based on mean file download times throughout 1999.

         In  connection  with our  acquisition  of  Bridge's  IP network and the
related agreements, Bridge will transfer certain highly skilled people to us and
we will purchase certain other support services from them. Additionally, we have
entered into a network  services  agreement  with Bridge which commits Bridge to
purchase at least $ ____ million of network  services  from us each year through
______, 2009.

         COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

         Our target  customers are those  businesses that are intensive users of
data  communications  that require a high quality of service for their Internet,
intranet and  extranet  needs.  Our  competitive  strengths  in servicing  these
customers include:

                                       6
<PAGE>

         LARGE,  SOPHISTICATED  CUSTOMER  BASE. We currently  provide  real-time
managed  data  services to Bridge to enable the  delivery of Bridge  content and
applications to over 5,000 financial institutions worldwide. These companies are
among the world's most  demanding  users of  corporate  data  services,  and the
SAVVIS  ProActive(SM)  Network was designed and is operated to high standards of
speed  and   redundancy   to  satisfy  their   requirements.   With  the  SAVVIS
ProActive(SM)  Network  in place,  the  marginal  cost of  providing  additional
services to these  customers is low.  Additionally,  the marginal cost of making
our high quality services available to new customers, including medium and small
businesses,  and new vertical markets is also low. We believe providing service,
through Bridge, to the world's leading financial institutions will significantly
advance our brand  building  efforts and enhance our  prospects  for winning new
business.

         UNIQUE  NETWORK  ENGINEERED  FOR  REAL-TIME  PERFORMANCE.  Our  network
architecture  allows us to deliver real-time,  volume intensive data services to
the most demanding customers.  In order to achieve this, we designed our network
to be highly redundant,  including  multiple  backbone,  local loop and Internet
connections.  In  addition,  our system of  PrivateNAPs(SM)  allows our Internet
traffic to bypass the heavily  congested  public  access points of the Internet,
thereby  reducing  data  loss  and  latency,   and  improving   reliability  and
performance.  We also use proprietary routing and network management policies to
enhance our network  efficiency  and to maintain a high quality of service.  The
reliability and  functionality of our network allows us to provide our customers
with a range of  services  and  quality of service  levels  that we believe  are
unique to the industry.

         GLOBAL  ON-NET  PRESENCE.  We operate one of the largest  managed  data
networks  in the world,  reaching  47  countries,  with  facilities  in 75 major
cities,  including  53  international  cities and 22 U.S.  cities.  These cities
generate a  significant  percentage  of the  world's  total data  traffic and we
intend  to  continue  to  extend  the  scope of our  network  by  connecting  an
additional 24 cities in 2000.  Currently,  the network has over 6,000  buildings
on-net.  These on-net buildings are typically occupied by multiple businesses to
which we can deliver our services with low marginal cost.

         SINGLE SOURCE SERVICE OFFERING.  We provide our customers with a single
source  for  a  wide  range  of  global  networking,  Internet,  and  colocation
solutions. Our global networking solutions include managed data, virtual private
network and dial-up  access  services.  Our  Internet-related  services  include
dedicated  access,  digital  subscriber  line,  or DSL,  and  Internet  security
services.  All of our services are offered as service only, turnkey solutions or
fully managed solutions depending on customer  requirements and the capabilities
of their internal information technology staff.

         WORLD-CLASS  SERVICE THROUGH  PROPRIETARY  SYSTEMS.  Our global network
operations  center in St. Louis and our regional network  operations  centers in
London and  Singapore  are  equipped  with  sophisticated,  proprietary  network
monitoring,   management,   reporting   and   diagnostic   tools   for   network
troubleshooting. These systems enable real-time remote monitoring and management
of our network equipment and customer service. Our customers have a single point
of  contact,  on a 24x365  basis,  for  support  inquiries  and  receive  prompt
notification  of events  that  might  impact  service  quality,  such as network
congestion,  equipment failures and network or power outages.  Our unique global
network  also enables us to provide our  customers  an  extremely  high level of
service.  We commit this level of service to our customers in writing in service
level  agreements.  Our service level agreements are guarantees to our customers
of high  quality  service  measured in terms of network  availability,  latency,
packet loss and other metrics.

                                       7
<PAGE>

         BUSINESS STRATEGY

         Our strategy is to tap the rapidly  growing  market for reliable,  high
speed data communications and Internet services. In pursuit of this strategy, we
intend to:

o        provide  a single source for  high quality Internet and managed network
         solutions;

o        expand our network and PrivateNAP(SM) infrastructure;

o        exploit our on-net building presence;

o        capitalize on Bridge's relationships to penetrate its customer base;

o        grow domestic and international distribution channels;

o        provide enabling infrastructure for e-commerce solutions; and

o        develop and market new services.

         Our  principal  executive  office is  located at 12007  Sunrise  Valley
Drive, Reston, Virginia 20191, and our telephone number is (877) 728-8474.

                                       8
<PAGE>


                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                                        <C>
Common stock offered....................................................     ___________ shares.
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering.......................    ___________ shares.
Over-allotment option....................................................    ___________ shares.
Use of proceeds..........................................................    We will  receive net  proceeds  from this
                                                                             offering    of    approximately    $_____
                                                                             million,  assuming  a per share  price of
                                                                             $_______.   We  expect  to  use  the  net
                                                                             proceeds     primarily     for    capital
                                                                             expenditures   relating  to  our  network
                                                                             expansion,  to fund sales,  marketing and
                                                                             other   operating   expenses   and  other
                                                                             general corporate purposes.

Dividend policy....................................................          We do not intend to pay  dividends on our
                                                                             common   stock   for   the    foreseeable
                                                                             future.  We plan to retain  any  earnings
                                                                             for use in the  operation of our business
                                                                             and to fund future growth.

Nasdaq National Market symbol......................................          "SVVS"
</TABLE>


         This  information  is based on our  shares  outstanding  on  _________,
_______.  This  information  excludes  ______________  shares  of  common  stock
underlying  options  granted  under our stock  option  plans  outstanding  as of
_________, _______ at a weighted average exercise price of $____ per share.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                       SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

         We derived the summary historical consolidated financial data presented
below as of and for each of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,
1998 from our audited consolidated financial statements.  We derived the summary
historical  consolidated financial data presented below for the six months ended
June 30,  1998,  the period from January 1, 1999 to April 6, 1999 and the period
from April 7, 1999 to June 30, 1999 and as of June 30,  1999 from our  unaudited
consolidated   financial   statements.   We  prepared  the  unaudited  financial
statements on substantially the same basis as our audited  financial  statements
and, in our opinion,  the unaudited financial statements include all adjustments
necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results  of  operations  for  those
periods.  Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected in the  future,  and  results of interim  periods  are not  necessarily
indicative of results for the entire year. You should read the  information  set
forth below together with the discussion under "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial  Statements,"  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial  statements and the notes
to those financial statements that are in the back of this prospectus.

         On April  7,  1999,  Bridge  acquired  all our  equity  securities  and
accounted  for the  acquisition  as a purchase  transaction.  Since the purchase
transaction  resulted  in our  company  becoming a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
Bridge,  SEC rules  required us to establish a new basis of  accounting  for the
purchased  assets and  liabilities.  As such,  the  accounting  for the purchase
transaction  has been  "pushed  down" to the books of SAVVIS.  As a result,  the
purchase price has been  allocated,  on a preliminary  basis,  to the underlying
assets  purchased and  liabilities  assumed based on their estimated fair market
values at the acquisition date. The resulting impact in our financial statements
was to increase intangibles,  goodwill and other liabilities,  to decrease fixed
assets,  and to increase  additional paid-in capital.  The unaudited  historical
consolidated  balance sheet data as of June 30, 1999 and consolidated  statement
of operations  data for the period from April 7, 1999 through June 30, 1999 give
effect to our  acquisition  by Bridge  and are  labeled  "Successor."  Unaudited
historical  financial data for the periods prior to the  acquisition are labeled
"Predecessor."

         Pro forma data for the year ended  December 31, 1998 and the six months
ended June 30, 1999 give effect to the acquisition of our company by Bridge, our
purchase of network  assets from  Bridge,  and the sale of common  stock in this
offering as if they had occurred at the  beginning of 1998 for the  statement of
operations  data  and at June 30,  1999 for the  balance  sheet  data.  For more
detailed  information on the pro forma  financial data, see "Unaudited Pro Forma
Consolidated Financial Statements."

         EBITDA represents earnings (loss) before depreciation and amortization,
interest income and expense and income tax expense  (benefit).  We have included
information  concerning  EBITDA because we understand  that such  information is
used by investors as one measure of a company's operating performance. EBITDA is
not determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,  is
not indicative of cash used by operating activities and should not be considered
in isolation  or as an  alternative  to, or more  meaningful  than,  measures of
operating   performance   determined  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles.  Additionally,  you should not use EBITDA as a comparison
between companies, as all companies may not calculate it in a similar manner.

                                       10

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   PREDECESSOR                           PREDECESSOR        SUCCESSOR
                                          ----------------------------               --------------------   -----------
                                                   HISTORICAL           PRO FORMA        HISTORICAL         HISTORICAL   PRO FORMA
                                          ---------------------------- -----------   --------------------   -----------  ----------
                                                                                                  PERIOD      PERIOD
                                                                                                   FROM        FROM
                                                                          YEAR      SIX MONTHS   JANUARY 1    APRIL 7    SIX MONTHS
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      ENDED        ENDED         TO         TO          ENDED
                                          ---------------------------  DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30,     APRIL 6,   JUNE 30,    JUNE 30,
                                            1996      1997      1998      1998          1998        1999       1999         1999
                                          --------  -------- --------- -----------    -------     -------    --------     --------

<S>                                       <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
   Revenues                                 $  290  $  2,758  $ 13,674  $ 13,674       $ 5,092     $5,440     $ 5,913     $ 11,353
   Direct costs and operating expenses:
     Data communications and operations      1,044    11,072    20,889    20,889         9,329      6,429       6,303       12,732
     Selling, general and administrative     1,204     5,130    12,245    12,245         4,553      4,651       5,355       10,006
     Depreciation and amortization             153       631     2,208    28,398           943        793       3,037       14,346
                                          --------  --------  --------- --------     ---------   --------   ----------    --------
       Total direct costs and operating
         expenses                            2,401    16,833    35,342    61,532        14,825     11,873      14,695       37,084
                                          --------  --------  --------- --------     ---------   --------   ----------    --------
   Loss from operations                     (2,111)  (14,075)  (21,668)  (47,858)       (9,733)    (6,433)     (8,782)     (25,731)
   Interest expense, net                        60       427        75     5,075           209        235         453        3,188
                                          --------  --------  --------- --------     ---------   --------   ----------    --------
     Net loss                              $(2,171) $(14,502) $(21,743)  (52,933)    $  (9,942)  $ (6,668)    $(9,235)    $(28,919)
                                          ========  ========  ========= ========     =========   =========  ==========    ========
  Basic and diluted net loss per share      $(2.42)  $(15.69)  $(16.28)                 $(8.06)    $(4.51)     $(0.13)
  Weighted average number of shares        895,764   933,922  1,482,151              1,350,341   1,670,709  72,000,000

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
   EBITDA                                  $(1,958) $(13,444) $(19,460) $(19,460)     $(8,790)   $(5,640)    $(5,745)     $(11,385)
   Capital expenditures                        884       697     1,688       --           772        275         368            --
   Cash used in operating activities        (1,293)  (10,502)  (20,560)      --       (11,548)    (6,185)     (6,120)           --
   Cash used in investing activities          (884)     (697)   (2,438)      --        (1,522)      (275)       (368)           --
   Cash provided by financing activities     2,740    12,024    24,121       --        16,961      4,533       6,424            --

<CAPTION>
                                                   PREDECESSOR            SUCCESSOR
                                          ---------------------------  --------------
                                                   HISTORICAL             HISTORICAL    PRO FORMA
                                          ---------------------------  -------------- --------------
                                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                          ---------------------------    AS OF JUNE   AS OF JUNE 30,
                                            1996      1997      1998      30, 1999       1999
                                          --------  -------- --------   ------------  --------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
<S>                                       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>
   Cash and cash equivalents                $  573    $1,398   $ 2,521    $   530     $ 70,030
   Goodwill and intangibles, net                          --     1,197     36,098       36,098
   Total assets                              1,888     4,313    11,454     45,292      164,792
   Debt and capital lease obligations        1,126     9,495     2,759     16,322       66,322
   Redeemable preferred stock, net of
   discount and deferred financing costs       500     5,261    37,937         --           --
   Stockholders' equity (deficit)             (693)  (15,395)  (35,157)    22,511       92,011

</TABLE>


                                       11
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

         You  should  consider  carefully  the  following  risks  and the  other
information in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock. If
any of the following risks actually occurs, our business,  prospects,  financial
condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected,  and
the  market  price of the  common  stock  could  decline.  See  "Forward-Looking
Statements."

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

         A SIGNIFICANT  PORTION OF OUR REVENUES IS EXPECTED TO COME FROM BRIDGE,
AND THE LOSS OF BRIDGE  AS A  CUSTOMER  OR  REDUCED  DEMAND  FROM  BRIDGE  WOULD
MATERIALLY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

         Bridge is  expected  to be our  largest  customer  for the  foreseeable
future. Under the network services agreement, Bridge has agreed to purchase from
us network services of at least $___ million annually through 2009, although the
agreement could be terminated  prior to its term under certain  circumstances or
Bridge  could  unexpectedly  be  unable to  perform  its  obligations  under the
agreement.  In addition,  Bridge is entitled to terminate  its network  services
agreement with us following a change of control.  This could reduce the amount a
third party would be willing to pay for us. The loss of Bridge as a customer, or
reduced demand from Bridge, would materially reduce our expected revenues.

         OUR  LIMITED  HISTORY  MAKES  IT  DIFFICULT  FOR  YOU TO  EVALUATE  OUR
PERFORMANCE.

         Although  we began  operations  in 1995,  we only began  offering  data
network and  colocation  services  in  September  1999.  We expect to generate a
substantial  portion of our revenues from these services.  In addition,  many of
our executive  officers and key technical  employees joined us recently,  and we
have adopted our business strategies recently.  Because of our limited operating
history,  you have very limited operating and financial data about us upon which
to base an evaluation of our  performance and prospects and an investment in our
common stock. Therefore, you should consider and evaluate our prospects in light
of  the  risks  and  difficulties  frequently  encountered  by  rapidly  growing
companies,  particularly  companies  in the rapidly  evolving  data  networking,
Internet access and colocation markets.

         OUR  HISTORICAL  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  WILL NOT BE  COMPARABLE TO OUR
FUTURE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE.

         We  recently  acquired  Bridge's  network  assets and  entered  into an
agreement to provide managed data network services to Bridge.  As a result,  the
historical   financial   information   included  in  this  prospectus  will  not
necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows
in the future or what our results of  operations,  financial  position  and cash
flows would have been had the transfer of assets from Bridge been effected,  had
we  provided  data  network  services  to  Bridge  under  the  network  services
agreement,  had we received  certain  services  from Bridge under the  technical
services agreement and the administrative  services agreement or had we provided
data  network  and  colocation  services to other  customers  during the periods
presented.  Our  results  of  operations,  financial  position  and  cash  flows
subsequent to the transfer are not and will not be comparable to prior periods.


                                       12
<PAGE>

         WE  EXPECT  TO  CONTINUE  TO  INCUR  SUBSTANTIAL  LOSSES  AND  NEGATIVE
OPERATING CASH FLOW.

         We incurred  operating  losses of  approximately  $2.2  million,  $14.5
million and $21.7 million in 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and had negative
cash flows from  operating  activities  for each of these years.  As a result of
such  operating  losses  and  working  capital  deficiencies,   our  independent
auditors'  report  on our 1997  financial  statements  included  an  explanatory
paragraph  regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.  We also had an
operating loss of  approximately  $15.9 million,  and net cash used in operating
activities of approximately  $12.3 million,  in the first six months of 1999. We
expect our operating expenses to increase significantly, especially in the areas
of operations and sales and marketing,  as we continue to develop and expand our
business.  As a result,  we will need to increase our revenues  significantly to
generate cash flow from our operations. In addition, the amount we charge Bridge
for its use of the network as the network existed on the date of the transfer of
the network to us is based on an amount equal to our cash costs of operating the
network.  If Bridge does not purchase  additional  services  from us to meet its
customers'  needs or if our costs of operating  the network do not decline,  the
Bridge network services agreement will not generate either positive cash flow or
income for us. We expect to incur  significant net losses and negative cash flow
from operating activities at least through 2002.

     OUR FAILURE TO MANAGE OUR GROWTH EFFECTIVELY COULD IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS.

         We  expect  our  business  to  continue  to  grow  rapidly,  which  may
significantly  strain  our  management,   financial,  customer  support,  sales,
marketing and  administrative  resources,  as well as our network operations and
our management and billing systems. Such a strain on our managerial, operational
and  administrative  capabilities  could  adversely  affect  the  quality of our
services and our ability to generate revenues. To manage our growth effectively,
we will have to further  enhance the efficiency of our  operational  support and
other back office systems,  and of our financial  systems and controls.  We will
also have to  expand,  train and manage our  employees  to handle the  increased
volume and  complexities  of our business.  We rely on Bridge to provide certain
services to us and we have no control over Bridge's  ability to accommodate  our
growth.  In  addition,  if  we  fail  to  project  traffic  volume  and  routing
preferences  correctly,  or fail to determine the appropriate means of expanding
our network, we could lose customers,  make inefficient use of our network,  and
have higher costs and lower profit margins.

         We have  recently  acquired a  substantial  proportion  of our  network
assets from Bridge,  assumed  contracts  from Bridge for various  communications
links,  colocation space and service  relationships  and hired  approximately 90
employees from Bridge.  Our failure to employ  systems and procedures  that will
manage  effectively  the acquired  assets,  the contract  base and the employees
would materially adversely affect our business.

         OUR SUBSTANTIAL  ONGOING  RELATIONSHIPS WITH BRIDGE ARE CRITICAL TO OUR
SUCCESS.  IF  BRIDGE  TERMINATES  ANY  OF  THESE  RELATIONSHIPS,   OUR  BUSINESS
PROSPECTUS WILL BE IMPAIRED.

         Bridge  provides  and is  expected  to  continue  to provide to us many
technical,   administrative   and  operational   services  and  related  support
functions,   including  technical  and  customer  support  service  and  project
management in the  procurement and  installation  of equipment.  Bridge also has
agreed to  provide  to us  certain  additional  administrative  and  operational
services,  such as payroll and certain accounting functions,  benefit management
and office space. See  "Business--Bridge  Relationship." If Bridge  unexpectedly
stops  providing  these  services  for any  reason,  we could  face  significant


                                       13
<PAGE>


challenges  and costs in assuming  these  services or finding an  alternative to
Bridge. This could impair our operations and could harm our financial results.

         WE ARE  CONTROLLED BY PARTIES  WHOSE  INTERESTS MAY NOT BE ALIGNED WITH
YOURS.

         Bridge and Welsh, Carson,  Anderson & Stowe, or Welsh Carson, a private
equity firm, own approximately 75% and 12% of our common stock, respectively. In
addition,  Welsh Carson owns approximately 39% of Bridge's fully diluted capital
stock. Consequently,  Bridge, directly, and Welsh Carson, indirectly, control us
and are in a position to elect a majority of our board of directors  and control
all matters affecting us.

         Some decisions  concerning  our  operations or financial  structure may
present  conflicts  of interest  between  Bridge and Welsh  Carson and our other
stockholders.  For example,  Welsh Carson may make investments in other entities
engaged in the telecommunications  business,  some of which may compete with us.
Also, Bridge and Welsh Carson are under no obligation to bring us any investment
or business  opportunities of which they are aware,  even if  opportunities  are
within our scope and objectives.

         We have entered into a number of agreements with Bridge relating to the
operation  of our  network  and under  which we  provide  managed  data  network
services to Bridge and Bridge provides certain support services to us. Conflicts
may arise in the negotiation of extensions or amendments to these  agreements or
their enforcement.  In addition,  our chairman of the board and acting president
and chief  executive  officer is also chief  technology  officer at Bridge.  See
"Transactions with Affiliates."

         WE WILL  REQUIRE  ADDITIONAL  CAPITAL TO CONDUCT OUR  BUSINESS,  BUT WE
PRESENTLY DO NOT HAVE A CREDIT FACILITY OR OTHER SOURCE OF FUNDING.

         As we develop  and expand our  business,  we will  require  significant
capital to fund our capital expenditures, operating deficits and working capital
needs,  as well as our debt service  requirements.  We believe that our existing
cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and anticipated vendor financing,
together  with the net proceeds from this  offering,  will be sufficient to meet
our capital  requirements through the end of 2000. We currently estimate that we
will make approximately $160 million of capital expenditures in 2000, and expect
to make significant capital expenditures in the following years. In addition, we
expect to continue to incur  significant  negative EBITDA at least through 2001.
The  actual  amounts  and  timing of our future  capital  requirements  may vary
significantly  from our  estimates.  Our  capital  needs may exceed our  current
expectations  because of such factors as acquisitions that we may make,  changes
in the  demand  for  our  services,  regulatory  developments,  the  competitive
environment in our markets or if we fail to expand our business as expected.  In
that case, we may need to seek capital or seek additional capital sooner than we
expect and such additional financing may not be available on acceptable terms or
at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed, we may have to
delay or abandon some or all of our expansion  plans or otherwise  forego market
opportunities.  We do not currently  have a credit  facility from which we could
access additional capital.


                                       14
<PAGE>

         WE  DEPEND  ON KEY  PERSONNEL.  IF WE ARE  UNABLE  TO HIRE  AND  RETAIN
QUALIFIED  PERSONNEL,  WE MAY BE  UNABLE  TO  IMPLEMENT  OUR  BUSINESS  STRATEGY
EFFECTIVELY.

         Our future performance depends to a significant degree on the continued
contributions of our management  team, sales force and key technical  personnel.
The industries in which we compete are characterized by a high level of employee
mobility and aggressive  recruiting of skilled  personnel.  As a result,  we may
have difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees.  Our continued
success  depends on our ability to attract,  retain and motivate  highly skilled
employees.  In  particular,  our  business  plan  contemplates  the  significant
expansion of our sales and marketing  staff.  We also are  currently  seeking to
hire a new chief  executive  officer.  Our acting  president and chief executive
officer was appointed in November 1999. Prior to that date he was, and continues
to be, the chief technology  officer at Bridge.  As a result, he will not devote
all of his time to his responsibilities at SAVVIS.

         THE  INTERNATIONAL  SCOPE OF OUR  OPERATIONS  MAY ADVERSELY  AFFECT OUR
BUSINESS.

         We  expect  a  significant   portion  of  our  growth  will  come  from
international  operations.  We expect to face certain  general risks  associated
with the conduct of an international business. These risks include:

o        longer payment cycles;

o        problems in collecting accounts receivable;

o        regulatory  restrictions  or  prohibitions  on  the  provision  of  our
         services;

o        tariffs and other trade barriers;

o        fluctuations  in currency  rates and  foreign  exchange  controls  that
         restrict or prohibit repatriation of funds;

o        political risks; and

o        potentially   adverse  tax   consequences   of  operating  in  multiple
         jurisdictions.

         FAILURES IN OUR NETWORK  OPERATIONS CENTER OR NETWORK COULD DISRUPT OUR
ABILITY TO PROVIDE OUR DATA NETWORKING, INTERNET ACCESS AND COLOCATION SERVICES,
WHICH COULD EXPOSE US TO LIABILITY AND INCREASE OUR CAPITAL COSTS.

         Our ability to  successfully  implement  our business plan depends upon
our ability to provide high quality,  reliable  services.  Interruptions  in our
ability to provide our data networking,  Internet access and colocation services
to our  customers  could  adversely  affect our  business  and  reputation.  Our
operations  depend  upon our ability to protect  our  equipment  and our network
infrastructure,  including our  connections to our backbone  providers,  and our
customers' data and equipment, against damage from natural disasters, as well as
power  loss,   telecommunications   failure  and  similar  events.  Despite  the
precautions  that we have  taken or may  take in the  future,  such as  building
significant redundancy into our network, the occurrence of a natural disaster or
other  unanticipated


                                       15
<PAGE>

problem  could  result  in  interruptions  in the  services  we  provide  to our
customers and could seriously harm our business and business prospects.

         WE ARE HIGHLY DEPENDENT ON OUR SUPPLIERS,  AND ANY INTERRUPTIONS  COULD
IMPAIR OUR SERVICE TO OUR CUSTOMERS.

         If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  required  products  or  services  from
third-party  suppliers on a timely basis and at an  acceptable  cost,  we may be
unable to provide our data networking,  Internet access and colocation  services
on a competitive and timely basis. We are dependent on other companies to supply
various key  components  of our  infrastructure,  including  network  equipment,
backbone connectivity, local loops and Internet access. If our suppliers fail to
provide  products or services  on a timely  basis,  we may be unable to meet our
customer service  commitments and as a result we may experience  increased costs
or loss of revenue.

         IF WE ARE UNABLE TO EXPAND  OUR  NETWORK AS  EXPECTED,  OUR  RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS WOULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

         Our  success  will  depend on our  ability  to  continue  to expand our
network on a timely basis. A number of factors could hinder the expansion of our
network.  These factors include cost overruns, the unavailability of appropriate
facilities,  communications capacity or additional capital, strikes,  shortages,
delays  in  obtaining  governmental  or  other  third-party  approvals,  natural
disasters  and other  casualties,  and other events that we cannot  foresee.  In
addition,  expanding or enhancing  our network,  including  through  hardware or
software upgrades,  could result in unexpected  interruptions of services to our
customers.

         IF OUR ESTIMATES  REGARDING OUR TRAFFIC LEVELS ARE NOT CORRECT,  WE MAY
HAVE TOO MUCH OR TOO LITTLE CAPACITY.

         We rely on other  carriers to provide  certain  transmission  services.
Because our leased capacity costs are generally fixed monthly  payments based on
the  capacity  made  available  to  us,   failing  to  correctly   estimate  the
transmission  capacity  we will need  could  increase  the cost and  reduce  the
quality  of our  services.  Underestimation  of traffic  levels  could lead to a
shortage  of  capacity,  requiring  us to lease more  capacity,  which may be at
unfavorable  rates,  or could  lead to a lower  quality  of  service  because of
increased packet loss and latency. Overestimation of traffic levels, because our
traffic  volumes  decrease  or do not grow as  expected,  would  result  in idle
capacity, thereby increasing our per-unit costs.

         OUR BRAND IS NOT AS WELL KNOWN AS SOME OF OUR COMPETITORS'.  FAILURE TO
DEVELOP BRAND RECOGNITION COULD HURT OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY.

         We need to strengthen our brand  awareness to realize our strategic and
financial  objectives.  Many of our  competitors  have  well-established  brands
associated with the provision of data networking, Internet access and colocation
services.  As part of our  brand-building  efforts,  we expect to  increase  our
marketing budget substantially,  as well as our marketing activities,  including
advertising,   tradeshows  and  direct  response  programs.  The  promotion  and
enhancement  of our brand  also will  depend on our  success  in  continuing to


                                       16
<PAGE>
provide high quality data networking,  Internet access and colocation  services.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain these levels of quality.

         ANY BREACH OF  SECURITY  OF OUR  NETWORK  COULD  NEGATIVELY  IMPACT OUR
BUSINESS.

         Our network may be vulnerable to unauthorized access,  computer viruses
and other disruptive problems caused by customers, employees or others. Computer
viruses,  unauthorized  access  or  other  disruptive  problems  could  lead  to
interruptions,  delays or  cessation of service to our  customers.  Unauthorized
access  also  could   potentially   jeopardize  the  security  of   confidential
information stored in the computer systems of our customers,  which might result
in our liability to our  customers,  and also might deter  potential  customers.
Although we intend to continue to implement security measures,  we may be unable
to  implement  these  measures in a timely  manner or, if and when  implemented,
these  measures could be  circumvented  as a result of accidental or intentional
actions.  In the past, some of these security  measures have  occasionally  been
circumvented  by third parties.  Eliminating  computer  viruses and  alleviating
other  security  problems  may require  interruptions,  delays or  cessation  of
service to our customers and these customers' end users and may result in a loss
of customers and damage to our reputation.

         WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MEET THE  OBLIGATIONS  UNDER  OUR  SERVICE  LEVEL
AGREEMENTS.

         We have  service  level  agreements  with many of our  Internet  access
customers,  as well as many of our  networking  customers,  in which we  provide
various  guarantees  regarding  our levels of service.  See  "Business--Customer
Service--Service  Level Agreements." If we fail to provide the levels of service
required by these  agreements,  our customers may be entitled to terminate their
relationship  with us or  receive  service  credits  for  their  accounts.  If a
significant  number of customers  become entitled to exercise,  and do exercise,
these rights, our revenues could be materially reduced.

         WE MAY MAKE  ACQUISITIONS  OR ENTER INTO JOINT  VENTURES  OR  STRATEGIC
ALLIANCES, EACH OF WHICH IS ACCOMPANIED BY INHERENT RISKS.

         If  appropriate   opportunities   present   themselves,   we  may  make
acquisitions or investments or enter into joint ventures or strategic  alliances
with other companies. Risks commonly encountered in such transactions include:

o        the  difficulty of  assimilating  the  operations  and personnel of the
         combined companies;

o        the risk that we may not be able to integrate  the  acquired  services,
         products  or  technologies  with our  current  services,  products  and
         technologies;

o        the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

o        the inability to retain key technical and managerial personnel;

o        the  inability of  management  to maximize our  financial and strategic
         position through the successful integration of acquired businesses;

                                       17
<PAGE>

o        increases  in  reported  losses as a result of charges  for  in-process
         research  and  development  and  amortization  of  goodwill  and  other
         intangible assets;

o        adverse impact on our annual effective tax rate;

o        difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures and policies; and

o        the impairment of relationships with employees, suppliers and customers
         as a result of any integration.

         WE HAVE NOT RECEIVED ALL REQUIRED THIRD PARTY CONSENTS AND APPROVALS IN
ORDER TO EFFECTUATE THE TRANSFER OF CERTAIN NETWORK ASSETS FROM BRIDGE.

         The transfer of several  portions of the network  required  contractual
consents  from certain of Bridge's  counterparties  or  regulatory  approvals in
certain  jurisdictions.  Although we are  presently  in the process of attaining
these consents and  approvals,  we were not able to complete this process by the
closing  date and Bridge  continues  to own and  operate  those  portions of the
network.  Under the master  establishment and transition  agreement with Bridge,
once  the  requisite   consents  and  approvals   have  been  acquired  in  each
jurisdiction,  we will have an  obligation to purchase the assets from Bridge in
that  jurisdiction.  Until such time,  Bridge will operate the facilities on our
behalf for an agreed upon  compensation.  If Bridge is not  permitted to operate
the network on our behalf in any of these jurisdictions,  our ability to service
customers in those jurisdictions could be materially impaired.

         WE FACE  REGULATORY  RESTRICTIONS  IN A NUMBER OF  COUNTRIES  THAT HAVE
DELAYED AND MAY PREVENT US FROM ACQUIRING OR OPERATING  BRIDGE ASSETS LOCATED IN
THESE COUNTRIES.

         Regulatory  restrictions  in a number of countries have delayed and may
prevent us from  acquiring  all of the Bridge  network  assets  located in these
countries as part of the Bridge asset transfer. These countries include:

o        Europe--Greece, Hungary, Italy and Poland;

o        Africa--South Africa;

o        Middle  East--Bahrain,   Kuwait,  Saudi  Arabia  and  the  United  Arab
         Emirates;

o        Asia Pacific--China, Macau, Malaysia, Taiwan and Thailand; and

o        The Americas/Caribbean--Mexico, Peru and Venezuela.

         Under the Bridge agreements, Bridge has agreed to operate the assets in
these countries until we receive the requisite  approvals.  We will be obligated
to acquire these assets from Bridge in these countries at book value at any time
during the next 10 years,  once we have  received  the required  approvals.  See
"Business--Bridge  Relationship." We cannot assure you, however, that we will be
able to comply with the regulatory and other requirements  necessary to exercise
our rights to acquire these assets.  Until we exercise

                                       18
<PAGE>

our rights to acquire any of these  assets,  Bridge has agreed to operate  these
assets  and  bill  us  for  the  costs  of  operation.   See   "Business--Bridge
Relationship."

         In all countries where we have acquired Bridge assets, we are permitted
to deliver the existing  network  services to Bridge,  but not necessarily  data
networking services to third parties.

       WE MAY EXPERIENCE FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS.

         Our  quarterly  operating  results have  fluctuated in the past and are
likely to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter in the future due to a
variety  of  factors,  many of which are  beyond our  control.  Accordingly,  we
believe that  period-to-period  comparisons of our results of operations are not
meaningful and should not be relied upon as  indications of future  performance.
Some of the  factors  that could cause our  revenues  and  operating  results to
fluctuate include the following:

o        demand  for and  market  acceptance  of our data  networking,  Internet
         access and colocation services;

o        the  timing and  magnitude  of capital  expenditures,  including  costs
         relating to the expansion of operations;

o        increasing sales, marketing and other operating expenses;

o        our ability to obtain, and the pricing for, local loop connections;

o        our practice of purchasing  transmission  capacity before customers are
         secured and our ability to generate revenues for our services;

o        changes in the prices we pay Internet backbone providers;

o        changes in our revenue mix between  usage-based  and fixed rate pricing
         plans;

o        fluctuations in the duration of the sales cycle for our services;

o        the  compensation  of our  sales  personnel  based  on  achievement  of
         periodic sales quotas;

o        the  announcement or  introduction  of new or enhanced  services by our
         competitors or us; and

o        conditions  specific  to  the  data  networking,  Internet  access  and
         colocation services industries and general economic factors.

         It is possible  that in some future  periods our results of  operations
may fall below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In this
event,  the  price  of our  common  stock  may  fall.  You  should  not  rely on
quarter-to-quarter  comparisons of our results of operations as an indication of
future performance.

         OUR  FAILURE  TO BE YEAR 2000  COMPLIANT  COULD  MATERIALLY  AFFECT OUR
BUSINESS.

                                       19
<PAGE>

         The year 2000 issue is the result of computer  programs  being  written
using two digits  rather than four to define the  applicable  year. As a result,
our  computer  programs  that  have  date-sensitive  software  and  software  of
companies  into which our network is  interconnected  may recognize a date using
"00" as the year 1900  rather  than the year 2000.  This could  result in system
failures or  miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of  operations,  including a
temporary inability to process transactions,  send invoices or engage in similar
normal business activities.  If the systems of other companies on whose services
we depend or with whom our systems interconnect are not year 2000 compliant,  it
could disrupt our  operations  and cause us to lose revenue as we seek to remedy
any  problems.   The  year  2000  issue  is  discussed  at  greater   length  in
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Impact of Year 2000 Issue."

         WE MAY BE LIABLE FOR THE  MATERIAL  THAT CONTENT  PROVIDERS  DISTRIBUTE
OVER OUR NETWORK.

         The law relating to the  liability  of private  network  operators  for
information  carried on or  disseminated  through  their  networks is  currently
unsettled.  We may  become  subject  to legal  claims  relating  to the  content
disseminated  on our network.  For example,  lawsuits may be brought  against us
claiming that  material on our network on which one of our customers  relied was
inaccurate.  Claims could also involve  matters such as defamation,  invasion of
privacy and copyright infringement. Content providers operating private networks
have been sued in the past,  sometimes  successfully,  based on the  content  of
material.  If we need to take costly  measures  to reduce our  exposure to these
risks,  or are required to defend  ourselves  against such claims,  our business
could be adversely affected.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

         DATA  NETWORKING,  INTERNET ACCESS AND COLOCATION  SERVICES ARE NEW AND
RAPIDLY GROWING MARKETS, BUT THIS GROWTH MAY NOT CONTINUE.

         The market for data network services has been growing  rapidly.  If the
data  network  services  market  or our  share of that  market  does not grow as
expected, our revenues could be less than expected.

         The market for  Internet  access  services  and  related  products  and
services,  such as  colocation  services,  is in an early stage of growth.  As a
consequence,  current and future  competitors are likely to introduce  competing
Internet  access services and related  products,

                                       20
<PAGE>

and it is  difficult  to predict  the rate at which the  market  will grow or at
which new or increased competition will result in market saturation. We face the
risk that the market for high  performance  Internet access services and related
products may fail to develop or develop more slowly than we expect,  or that our
services  may not achieve  widespread  market  acceptance.  This market has only
recently  begun to  develop,  is evolving  rapidly  and likely  will  attract an
increasing number of providers. Furthermore, we may be unable to market and sell
our services successfully and cost-effectively to a sufficiently large number of
customers.  Finally,  if the  Internet  becomes  subject  to a form  of  central
management,  or if Internet backbone providers  establish an economic settlement
arrangement regarding the exchange of traffic between backbones, the problems of
congestion,  latency and data loss  addressed  by our Internet  access  services
could be largely resolved and our ability to compete for business in this market
could be adversely affected.

         Critical  issues  concerning the commercial use of the Internet  remain
unresolved and may hinder the growth of Internet use, especially in the business
market that we target. Despite growing interest in the varied commercial uses of
the Internet, many businesses have been deterred from purchasing Internet access
services for a number of reasons,  including  inconsistent or unreliable quality
of service,  lack of  availability  of  cost-effective,  high-speed  options,  a
limited  number  of local  access  points  for  corporate  users,  inability  to
integrate business applications on the Internet,  the need to deal with multiple
and  frequently  incompatible  vendors and a lack of tools to simplify  Internet
access and use. Capacity constraints caused by growth in the use of the Internet
may, if left  unresolved,  impede  further  development  of the  Internet to the
extent that users experience delays, transmission errors and other difficulties.
Further,   the  adoption  of  the  Internet  for  commerce  and  communications,
particularly by those individuals and enterprises that have historically  relied
upon  alternative  means of commerce and  communication,  generally  requires an
understanding and acceptance of a new way of conducting  business and exchanging
information.  In particular,  enterprises that have already invested substantial
resources in other means of conducting  commerce and exchanging  information may
be  particularly  reluctant or slow to adopt a new strategy  that may make their
existing  personnel and infrastructure  obsolete.  The failure of the market for
business related Internet  solutions to further develop could cause our revenues
to grow more  slowly  than  anticipated  and reduce the demand for our  Internet
access and colocation services.

         THE MARKETS FOR DATA  NETWORKING,  INTERNET  ACCESS AND  COLOCATION ARE
HIGHLY COMPETITIVE, AND WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY.

         The  markets  for  data  networking,  Internet  access  and  colocation
services are extremely  competitive,  and there are few significant  barriers to
entry. We expect that competition  will intensify in the future,  and we may not
have the financial resources, technical expertise, sales and marketing abilities
or support  capabilities  to compete  successfully  in our markets.  Many of our
existing  competitors  have greater market  presence,  engineering and marketing
capabilities and financial, technological and personnel resources than we do. As
a result, as compared to us, our competitors may:

o        develop  and  expand  their  networking   infrastructures  and  service
         offerings more efficiently or more quickly;

o        adapt  more  rapidly to new or  emerging  technologies  and  changes in
         customer requirements;

                                       21
<PAGE>

o        take   advantage  of   acquisitions   and  other   opportunities   more
         effectively;

o        develop products and services that are superior to ours or have greater
         market acceptance;

o        adopt more aggressive  pricing policies and devote greater resources to
         the  promotion,  marketing,  sale,  research and  development  of their
         products and services;

o        make more attractive offers to our existing and potential employees;

o        establish  cooperative  relationships  with  each  other or with  third
         parties; and

o        more  effectively  take  advantage  of  existing   relationships   with
         customers or exploit a more widely  recognized brand name to market and
         sell their services.

         Our competitors include:

o        backbone providers that may provide us connectivity services, including
         AT&T, Cable & Wireless USA, GTE  Internetworking,  ICG  Communications,
         Inc., Sprint Corporation and UUNet Technologies,  Inc., a subsidiary of
         MCI Worldcom, Inc.;

o        global, national and regional telecommunications  companies,  including
         regional Bell operating  companies and providers of satellite bandwidth
         capacity; and

o        global, national and regional Internet service providers.

         We  expect  that  new  competitors  will  enter  our  market.  Such new
competitors  could  include  computer  hardware,   software,   media  and  other
technology  and  telecommunications  companies,  as well as satellite  and cable
companies. A number of telecommunications companies and online service providers
currently  offer,  or have  announced  plans to offer or expand,  their  network
services.  Further, the ability of some of these potential competitors to bundle
other  services and products  with their  network  services  could place us at a
competitive  disadvantage.  Various companies are also exploring the possibility
of  providing,  or are  currently  providing,  high-speed  data  services  using
alternative  delivery  methods,  including the cable television  infrastructure,
direct  broadcast  satellites,  wireless  cable  and  wireless  local  loop.  In
addition, Internet backbone providers may make technological developments,  such
as improved router technology, that will enhance the quality of their services.

         OUR FAILURE TO ACHIEVE DESIRED PRICE LEVELS COULD IMPACT OUR ABILITY TO
ACHIEVE PROFITABILITY OR POSITIVE CASH FLOW.

         We expect  competition  and other  factors to continue to cause pricing
pressure  in the  markets  we serve.  Prices  for our  services  have  decreased
significantly  in recent  years.  In addition,  by bundling  their  services and
reducing the overall cost of their solutions,  telecommunications companies that
compete with us may be able to provide  customers  with  reduced  communications
costs in connection  with their data  networking,  Internet

                                       22
<PAGE>

access or colocation services, thereby significantly increasing pricing pressure
on us. We may not be able to offset the  effects  of any such  price  reductions
even with an  increase  in the number of our  customers,  higher  revenues  from
enhanced services,  cost reductions or otherwise.  In addition,  we believe that
the data  networking,  Internet  access and colocation  industries are likely to
continue to encounter  consolidation in the future.  Increased price competition
or  consolidation  could result in increased price and other  competition in our
markets,  which could  result in an erosion of our market  share,  revenues  and
operating margins and could prevent us from becoming profitable.

      NEW TECHNOLOGIES COULD DISPLACE OUR SERVICES OR RENDER THEM OBSOLETE.

         New technologies or industry standards have the potential to replace or
provide  lower cost  alternatives  to our  services.  The  adoption  of such new
technologies or industry  standards could render our existing  services obsolete
or  unmarketable.  For example,  our services rely on the  continued  widespread
commercial use of the set of protocols,  services and  applications  for linking
computers known as IP. Alternative sets of protocols,  services and applications
for linking computers could emerge and become widely adopted. Improvements in IP
could emerge that would allow for the  assignment  of priorities to data packets
in order to ensure their  delivery in the manner  customers  prefer,  as well as
other improvements,  which could eliminate one advantage of the ATM architecture
of our network. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to identify new service
opportunities  successfully  and develop and bring new  products and services to
market in a timely and  cost-effective  manner,  or that products,  software and
services or  technologies  developed  by others will not render our products and
services non-competitive or obsolete. In addition, we cannot assure you that our
products or services  will achieve or sustain  market  acceptance  or be able to
address  effectively the  compatibility  and  interoperability  issues raised by
technological  changes or new industry  standards.  If we fail to anticipate the
emergence of, or obtain access to, a new technology or industry standard, we may
incur increased costs if we seek to use those  technologies and standards or our
competitors that use such technologies may use them more  cost-effectively  than
we do.

         THE DATA NETWORKING AND INTERNET ACCESS INDUSTRIES ARE HIGHLY REGULATED
IN MANY OF THE  COUNTRIES  IN  WHICH WE PLAN TO  PROVIDE  SERVICE,  WHICH  COULD
RESTRICT OUR ABILITY TO CONDUCT BUSINESS INTERNATIONALLY.

         We are  subject  to  varying  degrees  of  regulation  in  each  of the
jurisdictions  in which we provide  services.  Local laws and  regulations,  and
their  interpretation,  differ significantly among those  jurisdictions.  Future
regulatory,  judicial and legislative changes may have a material adverse effect
on our ability to deliver services within various jurisdictions.

         National  regulatory  frameworks  that are consistent with the policies
and requirements of the World Trade Organization have only recently been, or are
still  being,  put in place in many  countries  outside  the  U.S.  and  certain
European  countries.  These nations are in the early stages of providing for and
adapting  to a  liberalized  telecommunications  market.  As a result,  in these
markets,  we may encounter more  protracted  and difficult  procedures to obtain
licenses and negotiate interconnection agreements.

         Our  operations  are dependent on licenses and  authorizations  that we
acquire from governmental  authorities in each jurisdiction in which we operate.
These licenses and

                                       23
<PAGE>

authorizations  generally  contain clauses  pursuant to which we may be fined or
our license may be revoked in certain  circumstances.  Such revocation may be on
short notice,  at times as short as 30 days' written notice to us. We may not be
able to obtain or retain the licenses necessary for our operations. In addition,
in connection with the transfer of the Bridge assets, we need to obtain licenses
from certain  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  in order to provide our services in those
jurisdictions.  In particular, we may not be able to obtain the required license
in Japan on a timely basis or at all.

         ADOPTION OR  MODIFICATION  OF  GOVERNMENT  REGULATIONS  RELATING TO THE
INTERNET COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.

         There is currently only a small body of laws and  regulations  directly
applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet. However, existing laws have
been applied to Internet transactions in a number of cases. Moreover, due to the
increasing popularity and use of the Internet, international, national, federal,
state and local  governments  may adopt  laws and  regulations  that  affect the
Internet.  The  nature of any new laws and  regulations  and the manner in which
existing and new laws and  regulations may be interpreted and enforced cannot be
predicted  accurately.  The  adoption  of any future laws or  regulations  might
decrease the growth of the Internet,  decrease  demand for our services,  impose
taxes or other costly technical  requirements or otherwise  increase the cost of
doing  business  on the  Internet or in some other  manner have a  significantly
harmful  effect on us or our  customers.  The U.S.  government  also may seek to
regulate some segments of our activities as it has with basic telecommunications
services. Moreover, the applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing
intellectual property ownership and infringement,  copyright,  trademarks, trade
secret,  obscenity,  libel,  employment,  personal  privacy and other  issues is
uncertain and developing.  We cannot predict accurately the impact, if any, that
future laws and  regulations or changes in laws and  regulations may have on our
business.

RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

         YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RESELL YOUR STOCK AT OR ABOVE THE INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE.

         Before this  offering,  there has not been an active trading market for
our common  stock.  The initial  public  offering  price will be  determined  by
negotiations  between  the  representatives  of the  underwriters  and  us.  See
"Underwriters  -- Pricing of the Offering" for a discussion of the factors to be
considered in determining the public offering price. The Nasdaq Stock Market has
experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  particularly
affected  the  market   prices  of  equity   securities   of  many   technology,
telecommunications  and computer companies.  These price and volume fluctuations
have often been unrelated or  disproportionate  to the operating  performance of
these  companies.  The  market  price of our  common  stock  could be subject to
fluctuations due to other factors, including:

o        actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

o        announcement of technological innovations; and

                                       24
<PAGE>

o        mergers and  strategic  alliances in the data  networking  and Internet
         access industries.

         We cannot  assure  you that you will be able to sell your  shares at or
above the initial public offering price.

         A  SIGNIFICANT  NUMBER OF OUR SHARES ARE  ELIGIBLE  FOR  RESALE.  THEIR
RESALE COULD REDUCE OUR STOCK PRICE AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO RAISE FUNDS IN NEW
STOCK OFFERINGS.

         After the completion of this  offering,  we will have a large number of
shares of common stock outstanding and available for resale beginning at various
points of time in the  future.  Sales of  substantial  amounts  of shares of our
common stock in the public market after this offering,  or the  perception  that
those sales will  occur,  could  cause the market  price of our common  stock to
decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity and
equity-related  securities  in the  future  at a time  and at a  price  that  we
consider appropriate.  For more detailed  information,  see "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."

         OUR MANAGEMENT  WILL HAVE BROAD  DISCRETION OVER ALLOCATION OF PROCEEDS
FROM THIS OFFERING.

         We  expect  that  the  net   proceeds  to  us  from  the  sale  of  the
______________  shares of common  stock we are  offering  will be  approximately
$____ million,  after deducting the  underwriting  discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses. Our management will have discretion to allocate the
net  proceeds  to uses  they  deem  appropriate.  We may be  unable  to  yield a
significant return on any investment of the proceeds.

         OUR  CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION,  BYLAWS AND  DELAWARE  LAW CONTAIN
PROVISIONS THAT COULD DISCOURAGE A TAKEOVER.

         Our certificate of  incorporation  and Delaware law contain  provisions
which may make it more  difficult  for a third  party to acquire  us,  including
provisions  that  give the  board of  directors  the  power to issue  shares  of
preferred  stock.  See  "Description of Capital Stock" for a discussion of these
provisions.

         We have also  chosen  to be  subject  to  Section  203 of the  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law,  which  prevents a stockholder  of more than 15% of a
company's  voting stock from entering into certain  business  combinations  with
that company.

               YOU WILL SUFFER IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.

         The  price  you will pay for our  common  stock  will be  substantially
higher  than the pro forma  tangible  book  value  per share of our  outstanding
common  stock.  As a  result,  you will  experience  immediate  and  substantial
dilution in tangible  book value per share,  and our current  stockholders  will
experience  an immediate  increase in the tangible book value per share of their
shares of common  stock.  Furthermore,  to the extent  that we issue  additional
shares of common stock in connection  with  acquisitions,  or other  outstanding
options or warrants to purchase common stock are exercised,  you will be diluted
further. For more detailed information, see "Dilution."

                                       25
<PAGE>

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         This  prospectus  includes  forward-looking  statements  based  on  our
current  beliefs and  assumptions.  These beliefs and  assumptions  are based on
information  currently  available to us. These  forward-looking  statements  are
subject  to risks and  uncertainties.  Forward-looking  statements  include  the
information  concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations set
forth  under the  sections  entitled  "Summary,"  "Business"  and  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

         Forward-looking  statements  are not  guarantees  of  performance.  Our
future results and  requirements  may differ  materially from those described in
the  forward-looking  statements.  Many of the factors that will determine these
results and  requirements  are beyond our control.  In addition to the risks and
uncertainties  discussed in "Summary,"  "Business" and "Management's  Discussion
and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations,"  you should
consider those discussed under "Risk Factors."

         These  forward-looking  statements  speak  only as of the  date of this
prospectus. We do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking  statements
to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus,  including
changes in our business strategy or planned capital expenditures,  or to reflect
the occurrence of unanticipated events.



                                       26
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         We  estimate   that  the  net  proceeds  from  this  offering  will  be
approximately  $_____  million,  or $____ million if the  underwriters  exercise
their over-allotment option in full. This is based on an initial public offering
price of $_____ per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this  prospectus and after  deducting  estimated  underwriting  discounts and
commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

         We expect  to use the net  proceeds  of this  offering  to  expand  our
network and for general corporate purposes,  including funding operating losses,
working capital and capital  expenditures.  We also may use a portion of the net
proceeds of this offering for  acquisitions or  investments.  We have no present
commitments  or  agreements   with  respect  to  any  material   acquisition  or
investment.  Pending the  application  of the  proceeds  towards one of the uses
described   above,   we  intend  to  invest  the  net  proceeds  in  short-term,
interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         We have never  declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock,
and we do not  intend  to pay any  cash  dividends  on our  common  stock in the
foreseeable future. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the expansion of
our business and for general corporate purposes.


                                       27
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

      The  following  table  sets  forth  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and
capitalization as of June 30, 1999:

     o    on an actual basis,  after adjusting for the "push down" accounting in
          connection with the acquisition of our company by Bridge (see footnote
          1 to our unaudited  financial  statements that are in the back of this
          prospectus), and

     o    as  adjusted to give effect to the  following  transactions,  assuming
          they occurred on June 30, 1999:

          o    our purchase of the network assets from Bridge; and

          o    our receipt of proceeds  of $75  million in this  offering,  less
               estimated discounts, commissions and expenses payable by us.

      See "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations,"  and
our financial statements and the notes to those financial statements that are in
the back of this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                       --------------------------------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                                                          ACTUAL           AS ADJUSTED
                                                                          ------           -----------

<S>                                                                   <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                                               $   530
                                                                        -------

Capitalized lease obligations, including current maturities               5,022

Due to Bridge under notes and sublease obligations                       11,300
                                                                        -------

                                                                         16,322

Stockholder's equity:

     Common stock. $.01 par value per share; 125,000,000
     shares authorized, 72,000,000 issued and outstanding
     (actual), and _______ issued and oustanding (as
     adjusted)                                                              720

Additional paid-in capital                                               31,026
Retained deficit                                                         (9,235)
                                                                        --------

                Total stockholder's equity                               22,511
                                                                        ========
Total capitalization                                                    $38,833
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>


                                       28
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

         Our pro  forma  net  tangible  book  value  as of  June  30,  1999  was
approximately $_______ million or approximately  $__________ per share of common
stock.  Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our pro forma net
tangible  book value,  which is total  tangible  assets less total  liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of common  stock  outstanding  on that date on a
pro forma  basis.  Dilution per share is the  difference  between the amount per
share paid by  purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the net
tangible  book value per share of shares of common  stock  offered by us in this
offering.  After  giving  effect to our sale of the ____ shares of common  stock
offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $___ per
share, the midpoint of the range indicated on the cover of this prospectus,  our
pro forma net  tangible  book  value as of June 30,  1999  would  have been $___
million,  or $___ per share. This represents an immediate  increase in pro forma
net  tangible  book  value to  existing  stockholders  of $___ per  share and an
immediate  dilution to new  investors  of $___ per share.  The  following  table
illustrates this per share dilution,  assuming no exercise of the  underwriters'
over-allotment option:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share........................................               $
       Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this
       offering ..........................................................................  $(    )

       Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable
       to new investors...................................................................  _______

  Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering.........................  _______      _______

  Dilution per share to new investors ....................................................  $_____       _______
</TABLE>

         Assuming the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full,
our adjusted  pro forma net  tangible  book value as of June 30, 1999 would have
been  approximately  $___ per share,  representing an immediate  increase in net
tangible  book  value of $___  per  share to our  existing  stockholders  and an
immediate  dilution  to new  investors  in net  tangible  book value of $___ per
share.

         The following table summarizes,  as of June 30, 1999 (assuming the sale
of ____ shares of common  stock  offered in this  offering at a price of $ _____
per share),  the number of shares of common stock  purchased  from us, the total
consideration  paid to us and the average  price per share paid by the  existing
stockholders  and  by  new  the  investors   (before   deducting  the  estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 SHARES PURCHASED              TOTAL CONSIDERATION         AVERAGE PRICE
                                           -----------------------------    ---------------------------    -------------
                                             NUMBER           PERCENT         AMOUNT         PERCENT         PER SHARE
                                           ------------     ------------    ------------    -----------    --------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
         Existing stockholders..........                          %         $                    %         $
         New investors..................                          %         $                    %         $
             Total......................                        100%        $                  100%        $
                                                                ====                           ====
</TABLE>

         The discussion and table above assumes none of the options  outstanding
under our stock option plans as of June 30, 1999 are  exercised.  As of June 30,
1999, there were

                                       29
<PAGE>

 options  outstanding to purchase a total of ____________ shares
of common stock at a weighted  average  price of $____ per share.  To the extent
that any of these options are exercised, you will be diluted further.


                                       30
<PAGE>

              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  statement of operations for the six
months ended June 30, 1999 and for the year ended  December 31, 1998 give effect
to the following, as if each had occurred on January 1, 1998:

          o    the acquisition of our company by Bridge in April 1999; and
          o    our purchase of the network assets from Bridge in _________.

      The  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated  balance sheet as of June 30, 1999
gives effect to the following, as if each had occurred on June 30, 1999 :

          o    our  purchase of the network  assets from Bridge and our issuance
               of a note to Bridge and the  execution of subleases in connection
               with the purchase;
          o    our receipt of proceeds  of $75  million in this  offering,  less
               estimated discounts, commissions and expenses payable by us.

      As a result  of SEC  rules  and as  discussed  in note 1 to our  unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements  in the  back  of this  prospectus,  we have
applied "push down" accounting to our historical financial statements.  In these
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements, "Predecessor " represents
the historical results of our operations prior to the purchase of our company by
Bridge on April 7, 1999.  "Successor"  represents  the  historical  consolidated
balance sheet and results of our  operations  for the period  subsequent to that
purchase  and the effects of the "push down" from April 7, 1999 through June 30,
1999.

      The network  assets  purchased from Bridge,  or to be purchased  under the
call right,  are  recorded in the  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated  financial
statements at Bridge's historical net book value of those assets.  Because under
the network services agreement,  we will be paid a fixed amount representing our
estimated total cash costs of operating the network as it existed at the time of
our  purchase,  the pro forma effects of the purchase of the assets shown in the
unaudited pro forma consolidated  statements of operations reflect only non-cash
operating costs and other non-operating  costs.  Operating costs contemplated by
these  payments  from  Bridge,  and  therefore  not  reflected  in the pro forma
adjustments,  include direct costs of leasing  lines,  local loops and switches,
salaries and related benefits  incurred in operating and maintaining the network
assets,  and certain other  general and  administrative  costs.  Costs which are
reflected in the pro forma  adjustments  include  depreciation  and amortization
expense and interest expense associated with the financing of the assets.

      Under the network services agreement,  the amount to be paid by Bridge for
network  services will be fixed for the first three years;  however,  Bridge has
agreed to guarantee  certain  minimum annual  revenue  amounts to us for the ten
year term of the  agreement.  We estimate the annual cash costs of operating the
network as it currently  exists to be  approximately  $______;  however,  if our
actual costs of operating  the network are higher than amounts we receive  under
the agreement, we could incur higher losses.

      The pro forma  adjustments and the assumptions on which they are based are
further  described  in  the  accompanying  notes  to  the  unaudited  pro  forma
consolidated  financial  statements.  You should  read the  unaudited  pro forma
consolidated   financial  statements  together  with  our  historical  financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

      The pro  forma  consolidated  financial  statements  are for  illustrative
purposes  only.  You should  not rely on the  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated
financial statements as being indicative of the results that actually would have
occurred if the  transactions had occurred on the dates indicated or that may be
obtained in the future.

                                       31
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                            FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999
                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                     HISTORICAL                           ADJUSTMENTS
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          PREDECESSOR     SUCCESSOR       BRIDGE ACQUSITION       PURCHASE OF      PRO FORMA
                                             SAVVIS         SAVVIS            OF SAVVIS          NETWORK ASSETS
                                          -----------     ---------          -----------         --------------    ---------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>                  <C>                 <C>             <C>
Revenues                                     $ 5,440       $ 5,913                                                  $ 11,353
                                          -----------   -----------          -----------         --------------    ---------
Direct costs and operating expenses:
     Data communications and operations        6,429         6,303                                                    12,732
     Selling, general and administrative       4,651         5,355                                                    10,006
     Depreciation and amortization               793         3,037              $ 2,183 (1)        $  8,333 (3)       14,346
                                          -----------   -----------          -----------         --------------    ---------
Total direct costs and operating expenses     11,873        14,695                2,183               8,333           37,084
                                          -----------   -----------          -----------         --------------    ---------
Loss from operations                          (6,433)       (8,782)              (2,183)             (8,333)         (25,731)
Net interest expense                             235           453                                    2,500 (4)        3,188
                                          -----------   -----------          -----------         --------------    ---------
Net loss                                     $(6,668)      $(9,235)             $(2,183)           $(10,833)       $(28,919)
                                          ===========   ===========          ===========         ==============    =========
Basic and diluted net loss per share         $ (4.51)      $ (0.13)                                                          (7)
                                                                                                                   =========
Weighted average number of shares          1,670,709    72,000,000                                                          (7)
                                          ===========   ===========                                                =========
</TABLE>

   See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

                                       32
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                                     ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                          ----------------------------------
                                                         HISTORICAL            BRIDGE        PURCHASE OF       PRO FORMA
                                                         PREDECESSOR       ACQUSITION OF    NETWORK ASSETS
                                                           SAVVIS              SAVVIS
                                                     -----------------     -------------    -------------    ------------
<S>                                                    <C>                 <C>              <C>              <C>
Revenues                                                 $     13,674                                           $ 13,674
                                                     -----------------     -------------    -------------    ------------
Direct costs and operating expenses:
       Data communications and operations                      20,889                                             20,889
       Selling, general and administrative                     12,245                                             12,245
       Depreciation and amortization                            2,208          9,523 (2)       16,667 (3)         28,398
                                                    -----------------     -------------    -------------    ------------
Total direct costs and operating expenses                      35,342             9,523           16,667          61,532
                                                    -----------------     -------------    -------------    ------------
Loss from operations                                          (21,668)           (9,523)         (16,667)        (47,858)
Net interest expense                                               75                           5,000 (4)          5,075
                                                    -----------------     -------------    -------------    ------------
Net loss                                                $     (21,743)        $  (9,523)       $ (21,667)      $ (52,933)
                                                    =================     =============    =============    ============
Basic and diluted net loss per share                    $      (16.28)                                                (7)
                                                    =================                                       ============
Weighted average number of shares                           1,482,151                                                 (7)
                                                    =================                                       ============
</TABLE>

See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

                                       33
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                                     AS OF JUNE 30, 1999
                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                              ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                   ----------------------------------
ASSETS:                                             HISTORICAL        PURCHASE OF       SALE OF COMMON      PRO FORMA
                                                                     NETWORK ASSETS         STOCK          AS ADJUSTED
                                                   ------------      -------------       ------------      -----------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>                 <C>              <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                              $   530                            $ 69,500 (6)     $    70,030
Accounts receivable, net                                 2,603                                                   2,603
Other current assets                                       421                                                     421
                                                   ------------      -------------       ------------      -----------
              Current assets                             3,554                                 69,500           73,054
Property, plant and equipment                            5,300          $50,000 (5)                             55,300
Goodwill and intangible assets                          36,098                                                  36,098
Other long-term assets                                     340                                                     340
                                                   ------------      -------------       ------------     ------------
Total                                                  $45,292          $50,000               $69,500         $164,792
                                                   ============      =============       ============     ============

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
Accounts payable                                       $ 3,731                                               $  3,731
Accrued expenses                                           799                                                    799
Current portion of capital lease obligations             1,211                                                  1,211
Due to Bridge                                           11,300               --                                11,300
Other accrued liabilities                                1,458                                                  1,458
                                                   ------------      -------------       ------------    ------------
            Current liabilites                          18,499               --                                18,499
Due to Bridge                                               --          $50,000(5)                             50,000
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations           3,811                                                  3,811
Other liabilties                                           471                                                    471
                                                   ------------      -------------       ------------    ------------
               Total liabilites                         22,781           50,000                                72,781
Stockholder's deficit                                   22,511                               69,500(6)         92,011
                                                   ------------      -------------       ------------     ------------
Total                                                  $45,292          $50,000               $69,500        $164,792
                                                   ============      =============       ============     ============
</TABLE>


See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

                                       34
<PAGE>


                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

       NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

1)   To record  depreciation and the amortization  expense of $6,014  associated
     with fixed assets, intangible assets and excess of purchase price over fair
     value of net assets  acquired  when  Bridge  acquired  our  company.  These
     expenses  were offset by the  reversal  of  amortization  and  depreciation
     expense of $3,831 associated with SAVVIS' previously acquired fixed assets,
     intangible  assets and the excess of purchase  price over fair value of net
     assets acquired of Interconnected  Associates,  Inc., which SAVVIS acquired
     in 1998.  Amortization  was calculated on a straight line basis over one to
     ten years.

2)   To record the depreciation and amortization  expense of $11,731  associated
     with fixed assets, intangible assets and excess of purchase price over fair
     value of net assets  acquired  when  Bridge  acquired  our  company.  These
     expenses  were offset by the  reversal  of  depreciation  and  amortization
     expense of $2,208 associated with SAVVIS' previously acquired fixed assets,
     intangible  assets and the excess of purchase  price over fair value of net
     assets  acquired of  Interconnected  Associates,  which SAVVIS  acquired in
     1998.  Amortization was calculated on a straight line basis over one to ten
     years.

3)   To reflect  depreciation  and  amortization  on the network assets acquired
     from Bridge, assuming all such assets were purchased from Bridge on January
     1, 1998.  Depreciation  has been computed  based on using the straight line
     method with an estimated remaining life of assets of three years.

4)   To reflect  interest  expense on borrowings  from Bridge and under sublease
     arrangements assuming that network assets with a $50 million net book value
     were  purchased from Bridge on January  1,1998,  and assuming an efffective
     borrowing rate of 10%.

5)   To reflect the purchase of network assets together with related  borrowings
     from Bridge and the sublease from Bridge,  assuming a purchase  price equal
     to Bridge's net book value of such assets.

6)   To reflect the  proceeds,  net of issuance  costs,  from the sale of common
     stock in this offering.

7)   Pro forma  loss per share is  calculated  using the total  shares of common
     stock that will be outstanding after this offering.


                                       35
<PAGE>

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

      We derived the selected historical  consolidated  financial data presented
below as of and for each of the three  years in the period  ended  December  31,
1998  from our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  consolidated
financial  statements as of and for the years ended  December 31, 1996, and 1997
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors.  Our consolidated
financial  statements  as of and for the year ended  December 31, 1998 have been
audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors.

     We derived the selected consolidated financial data presented below for the
six months ended June 30, 1998,  the period from January 1 to April 6, 1999, and
the  period  from  April 7 to June 30,  1999 and as of June  30,  1999  from our
unaudited consolidated financial statements. We prepared the unaudited financial
statements on substantially the same basis as our audited  financial  statements
and, in our opinion,  the unaudited financial statements include all adjustments
necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results  of  operations  for  those
periods.  Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
expected in the  future,  and  results of interim  periods  are not  necessarily
indicative of results for the entire year. You should read the  information  set
forth  below  together  with the  discussion  under  the  "Unaudited  Pro  Forma
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,"  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial  statements and
the notes to those financial statements that are in the back of this prospectus.

      On April 7, 1999,  Bridge acquired all our equity securities and accounted
for the acquisition as a purchase  transaction.  Since the purchase  transaction
resulted in our company becoming a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Bridge, SEC rules
required us to establish a new basis of accounting for the purchased  assets and
liabilities.  As such,  the  accounting  for the purchase  transaction  has been
"pushed down" to the books of SAVVIS.  As a result,  the purchase price has been
allocated,  on a  preliminary  basis,  to the  underlying  assets  purchased and
liabilities  assumed  based  on  their  estimated  fair  market  values  at  the
acquisition  date.  The  resulting  impact in our  financial  statements  was to
increase intangibles,  goodwill and other liabilities, to decrease fixed assets,
and  to  increase   additional   paid-in  capital.   The  unaudited   historical
consolidated  balance sheet data as of June 30, 1999 and consolidated  statement
of operations  data for the period from April 7, 1999 through June 30, 1999 give
effect to our  acquisition  by Bridge  and are  labeled  "Successor."  Unaudited
historical  financial data for the periods prior to the  acquisition are labeled
"Predecessor."

      EBITDA  represents  earnings (loss) before  depreciation and amortization,
interest income and expense and income tax expense  (benefit).  We have included
information  concerning  EBITDA because we understand  that such  information is
used by investors as one measure of a company's operating performance. EBITDA is
not determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,  is
not indicative of cash used by operating activities and should not be considered
in isolation  or as an  alternative  to, or more  meaningful  than,  measures of
operating   performance   determined  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles.  Additionally,  you should not use EBITDA as a comparison
between companies, as all companies may not calculate it in a similar manner.

                                       36
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PREDECESSOR                        SUCCESSOR
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------    -------------
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      SIX MONTHS ENDED   PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM
                                                                                     JUNE 30,     JANUARY 1 TO    APRIL 7 TO
                                                                                                    APRIL 6,       JUNE 30,
                                              --------------------------------
                                              1996         1997          1998          1998           1999           1999
                                             ---------  ----------    ---------   ------------   ------------    ------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
   Revenues                                  $     290  $    2,758   $   13,674    $    5,092     $    5,440      $   5,913

   Direct costs and operating expenses:
     Data communications and operations          1,044      11,072       20,889         9,329          6,429          6,303
     Selling, general and administrative         1,204       5,130       12,245         4,553          4,651          5,355
     Depreciation and amortization                 153         631        2,208           943            793          3,037
                                             ---------  ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------    -----------
       Total direct costs and operating
         expenses                                2,401      16,833       35,342        14,825         11,873         14,695
                                             ---------  ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------    -----------
   Loss from operations                         (2,111)    (14,075)     (21,668)       (9,733)        (6,433)        (8,782)
   Interest expense, net                            60         427           75           209            235            453
                                             ---------  ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------    -----------
   Net loss                                  $  (2,171)  $ (14,502)  $  (21,743)   $   (9,942)    $   (6,668)    $   (9,235)
                                             =========  ==========   ==========   ============   ============    ===========
   Net loss available to common
    stockholders                             $  (2,171)  $ (14,653)  $  (24,134)   $  (10,887)    $   (7,540)    $   (9,235)
                                             =========  ==========   ==========   ============   ===========     ===========
   Basic and diluted net loss per share      $   (2.42)  $  (15.69)  $   (16.28)   $    (8.06)    $    (4.51)    $    (0.13)
   Weighted average number of shares           895,764     933,922    1,482,151     1,350,341      1,670,709     72,000,000

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:

   EBITDA                                    $  (1,958)  $ (13,444)  $  (19,460)  $    (8,790)    $   (5,640)    $   (5,745)
   Capital expenditures                            884         697        1,688           772            275            368
   Cash used in operating activities            (1,293)    (10,502)     (20,560)      (11,548)        (6,185)        (6,120)
   Cash used in investing activities              (884)       (697)      (2,438)       (1,522)          (275)          (368)
   Cash provided by financing activities         2,740      12,024       24,121        16,961          4,533          6,424

<CAPTION>
                                                        PREDECESSOR                   SUCCESSOR
                                             ----------------------------------    ---------------
                                                      AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                             ----------------------------------     AS OF JUNE 30,
                                               1996        1997          1998           1999
                                             ---------- ------------   --------    ---------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents                          573        1,398       2,521           530
Goodwill and intangibles, net                       --           --       1,197        36,098
Total assets                                     1,888        4,313      11,454        45,292
Debt and capital lease obligations               1,126        9,495       2,759        16,322
Redeemable preferred stock, net of discount
  and deferred financing costs                     500        5,261      37,937            --
Stockholders' equity (deficit)                    (693)     (15,395)    (35,157)       22,511

</TABLE>


                                       37
<PAGE>

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the  following  discussion  together with our financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

OVERVIEW

         We are a leading  provider of high  quality,  high  performance  global
networking and Internet solutions to medium and large businesses,  multinational
corporations and Internet service providers.  The SAVVIS  ProActive(SM)  Network
was  constructed  to meet the real-time data delivery  requirements  of the most
demanding  customers.  Our network architecture is based on ATM, frame relay and
IP  architectures.  Additionally,  our  global  system  of 75  switching  points
connects to eight  PrivateNAPs(SM),  allowing us to by-pass the congested public
Internet  access points.  This network  design  enables us to provide  real-time
packet delivery and guarantee low latency and low packet loss.

         We began  commercial  operations  in  1996,  offering  Internet  access
services to local and regional Internet service providers. Our customer base has
grown from 15 customers at the end of 1996 to approximately 700 currently.  With
the  acquisition  of the  Bridge IP network  and the  related  network  services
agreement, we now also provide service,  through Bridge, to over 5,000 customers
in the financial services industry.

         On March 4,  1998,  we  acquired  Interconnected  Associates,  Inc.,  a
regional  Internet  service  provider  serving  approximately  170  customers in
Seattle, Washington and Portland, Oregon, for $750,000 in cash and shares of our
common stock with a fair value of $583,000.  We  accounted  for the  acquisition
using the purchase method of accounting.

         On April 7,  1999,  we were  acquired  by Bridge  in a  stock-for-stock
transaction that was accounted for as a "purchase  transaction" under Accounting
Principles  Board  Opinion No. 16.  Under the terms of the  transaction,  Bridge
issued  approximately  3,011,000  shares  of  its  common  stock  together  with
approximately  239,000  options and warrants on its common stock in exchange for
all of  our  outstanding  equity  securities.  Since  the  purchase  transaction
resulted in our company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Bridge,  SEC rules
require us to establish a new basis of accounting  for the assets  purchased and
liabilities  assumed.  As a result, the purchase price has been allocated,  on a
preliminary  basis, to the underlying  assets purchased and liabilities  assumed
based on  estimated  fair  market  value of such assets and  liabilities  on the
acquisition  date,  and the  difference  between the purchase price and the fair
market  value  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  accounting  for  the  purchase
transaction  has been "pushed down" to our books.  The impact of the acquisition
on our balance sheet was to increase  intangibles,  goodwill,  other liabilities
and additional paid in capital, and to decrease fixed assets.

         On ___, 1999, we acquired  Bridge's  global IP network and entered into
the network services  agreement with Bridge.  Because  substantially  all of our
cash costs  incurred for  operating  the network will be charged to Bridge under
the network services agreement,  incremental  revenues from non-Bridge customers
are likely to have higher incremental operating margins.

         Bridge  also has agreed to provide  to us certain  services,  including
technical  support,  customer support and project  management in the procurement
and installation of

                                       38
<PAGE>

equipment.  In addition,  Bridge has agreed to provide to us certain  additional
administrative and operational services,  such as payroll and certain accounting
functions,   benefit   management  and  office  space,   until  we  develop  the
capabilities to perform these services ourselves. We expect to generally develop
these  capabilities  by the end of 2000. For a more detailed  description of our
arrangements with Bridge, see "Business--Bridge Relationship."

         REVENUE.  Our  revenue  is  derived  primarily  from  the  sale of data
networking,  Internet access and colocation services. Through December 31, 1998,
our revenue was primarily  derived from the sale of Internet  access services to
local and regional Internet service providers in the United States. Beginning in
late 1998, we expanded our service offering to corporate customers as well. With
the  acquisition  of  Bridge's  network  assets,   we  expanded  our  operations
internationally and began to offer additional services, such as data networking,
virtual private network, Internet security and colocation services, to corporate
customers on an international basis using our expanded network.

         We charge each  customer  an initial  installation  fee that  typically
ranges  from  $500 to $5,000  and a monthly  fee that  varies  depending  on the
services  provided,  the bandwidth used and the quality of service level chosen.
Our customer  agreements are typically for 12 to 36 months. As of June 30, 1999,
approximately 7% of our customer  agreements,  representing  approximately 6% of
our revenues for the month of June 1999, were month-to-month and were able to be
terminated  on 30 days'  notice.  We  expect  the  proportion  of  customers  on
month-to-month  agreements will continue to decrease as we add new customers and
our sales force continues to pursue longer renewals.

         Prices for telecommunication services, including the services we offer,
have  decreased  significantly  over the past  several  years and we expect this
trend to continue for the foreseeable future.

         We expect that a substantial  portion of our revenues will be generated
by our network services  agreement with Bridge. The agreement requires Bridge to
use our global network for the delivery of its financial information services to
its  customers  and  for  its  internal   managed  data  network  needs  through
__________, 2009. For the first three years of the agreement, Bridge is required
to pay  to us a  fixed  price  of $__  million  per  year,  subject  to  certain
adjustments, for use of the network as it existed on the date Bridge transferred
it to us. The  agreement  also  provides  for  pricing  adjustments  as Bridge's
customer base and  networking  needs change.  In addition,  Bridge has agreed to
minimum annual revenue of approximately  $__ million for the 10-year term of the
agreement.

         Bridge has been  converting its customers  from legacy  protocols to IP
over the last four years. Bridge expects to continue converting  customers to IP
and as they do so Bridge will order  additional  services  from SAVVIS under the
network services agreement.  The following chart presents the growth in Bridge's
IP network from January 1996 through November 1999.

                         BRIDGE IP NETWORK CONNECTIONS

       JAN-96             JAN-97         JAN-98        JAN-99        NOV-99

        250               1,100          2,500         4,000         10,00O

         While we expect our revenues  from Bridge to continue to  increase,  we
expect them to decrease as a percentage of our total  revenues as we continue to
expand our data  networking,  Internet  access and colocation  customer base. We
believe data networking

                                       39
<PAGE>

and  colocation  services  will  increase  as a  percentage  of  our  non-Bridge
recurring revenues as we expand these service offerings.

         DIRECT COSTS AND  EXPENSES.  Direct costs and expenses are comprised of
the following items:

         Data communications and operations.  Data communications and operations
expenses include the cost of:

o        connections to other Internet backbone providers;

o        leasing local loops;

o        backbone connections;

o        engineering salaries and related benefits;

o        other related repairs and maintenance items;

o        leasing routers and switches;

o        leasing colocation space; and

o        installing local loops at customer sites.

         These costs will also  include the cost of the  network  monitoring  as
well as the customer  help desk  services  that will be provided by Bridge under
the technical services  agreement.  Data  communications and operations expenses
will  increase  significantly  with the  inclusion  of the  Bridge  network.  In
addition, we expect that these costs will increase in total dollars as we expand
our  network  and  increase  our  customer  base,  but we expect  that they will
decrease as a percentage of revenues.

         Selling,    general   and   administrative.    Selling,   general   and
administrative expenses include the cost of:

o        sales and marketing salaries and related benefits;

o        advertising and direct marketing;

o        sales commissions and referral payments;

o        office rental;

o        administrative support personnel;

o        bad debt expense; and

o        travel.

         We anticipate that these expenses will increase  significantly in total
dollars as we add more sales personnel and administrative  support personnel and
increase our  marketing  initiatives  to support the  acquisition  of the Bridge
network and for the

                                       40
<PAGE>

expansion  of our  customer  base.  Annual  facility  expenses  are  expected to
increase  significantly  beginning  in the year  2000 as a result  of the  newly
leased  headquarters  facility in Herndon,  Virginia.  Our incremental cost will
approximate  $2.5  million  per  year.  We  expect  that  selling,  general  and
administrative expenses will decrease as a percentage of revenues.

         Depreciation and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization  expense
consists  primarily  of the  depreciation  and  amortization  of  communications
equipment, capital leases, goodwill and intangibles. We expect these expenses to
increase  as we make  significant  investments  in the  network as we expand our
business.  Generally,  depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method
over the useful life of the  associated  asset,  which ranges from three to five
years. Goodwill resulting from our acquisition by Bridge is being amortized over
ten years and other intangibles are being amortized over one to five years.

         Interest  expense.  Historical  interest  expense is related to debt to
banks,   convertible  notes,  loans  from  Bridge  and  capitalized  leases.  In
connection  with our  purchase of the Bridge  network  assets,  we entered  into
subleases with Bridge relating to their capitalized leases for network equipment
that  Bridge  could not  directly  assign to us.  We also  issued a $__  million
promissory  note to Bridge in connection with the purchase of the Bridge network
assets. As a result, our interest expense will increase.

         Income tax expense. We incurred operating losses from inception through
June 30, 1999 and, therefore,  have not recorded a provision for income taxes in
our historical financial statements.  We have recorded a valuation allowance for
the full  amount of our net  deferred  tax assets  because  we believe  that the
future realization of the tax benefit is uncertain.  As of December 31, 1998, we
had net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $30 million.  Section 382
of the Internal  Revenue Code restricts the utilization of net operating  losses
and other carryover tax attributes  upon the occurrence of an ownership  change,
as defined.  Such an ownership  change  occurred  during 1999 as a result of the
acquisition of our company by Bridge.  Management  believes that this limitation
will not  materially  restrict our ability to utilize the net  operating  losses
over the carryforward periods ranging from 15 to 20 years.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The historical  financial  information included in this prospectus will
not reflect our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
Our results of operations,  financial  position and cash flows subsequent to the
purchase of Bridge's network and the commencement of the related agreements will
not be comparable to prior  periods.  In addition,  we cannot assure you that we
have  correctly  estimated the costs of providing  services to Bridge,  Bridge's
data  network  service  requirements,   and  the  costs  of  the  technical  and
administrative services we will require to pursue our business plan.

    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

         The following discussion compares the combined results of operations of
SAVVIS and our predecessor for the six months ended June 30, 1999, with those of
our  predecessor  for the six months ended June 30, 1998.  The combined  results
consist of the sum of the


                                       41
<PAGE>

financial  data from January 1, 1999 through  April 6, 1999 for the  predecessor
and from April 7, 1999 through June 30, 1999 for SAVVIS.

         Revenue.  Revenue was approximately $11.4 million for the first half of
1999,  compared to  approximately  $5.1  million for the first half of 1998,  an
increase of more than 123%.  This $6.3  million  increase was  primarily  due to
increased  marketing and sales efforts and the resulting  increase in the number
of customers as well as increased services to existing customers.

         Data Communications and Operations.  Data communications and operations
expenses were approximately $12.7 million for the first half of 1999 compared to
approximately  $9.3  million for the first half of 1998,  a 36%  increase.  This
approximately  $3.4  million  increase  was due to  costs  associated  with  the
expansion of our network and the increase in our customer  base,  and the hiring
of additional engineering personnel.

         Selling,    General   and   Administrative.    Selling,   general   and
administrative  expenses were approximately  $10.0 million for the first half of
1999,  compared to  approximately  $4.6  million for the first half of 1998,  an
increase  of 117%.  This  approximately  $5.4  million  increase  was due to the
increase  in the size of our  sales  force  in  connection  with  our  increased
marketing  efforts.  As  a  result,  our  personnel  expenses  and  the  related
recruiting and travel costs,  sales,  marketing and administrative  departmental
costs and professional service expenses increased accordingly.

         Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization  expenses
were  approximately  $3.8  million  for the  first  half of  1999,  compared  to
approximately  $.9  million  for the first half of 1998,  an  increase  of 322%.
Approximately  $2.4  million of this  approximately  $2.9  million  increase was
attributed to the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles  resulting from
Bridge's acquisition of our company effective April 7, 1999, while the remaining
increase primarily resulted from increased capital expenditures for equipment in
connection with the continuing expansion of our network.

         Interest  Expense,  Net.  Interest  expense,  net was approximately $.7
million for the first six months of 1999,  compared to approximately $.2 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1998, an increase of 250%.  The  approximately
$.5 million increase in interest expense, net was attributable to an increase in
amounts due to Bridge and an increase in capitalized lease obligations  incurred
to expand the network.

         Net Loss. Net loss was  approximately  $15.9 million for the first half
of 1999,  compared to  approximately  $9.9 million for the first half of 1998, a
61% increase.

      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

         Revenue.  Revenue was $13.7 million in 1998 compared to $2.8 million in
1997,  an increase of 389%.  This $10.9  million  increase was  primarily due to
increased marketing and sales efforts and the resulting  substantial increase in
the number of customers.

         Data Communications and Operations.  Data communications and operations
expenses  were $20.9  million in 1998,  compared  to $11.1  million in 1997,  an
increase of 88%. This $9.8 million increase was due to costs associated with the
expansion of our network and the increase in the customer base.

                                       42
<PAGE>

         Selling,    General   and   Administrative.    Selling,   general   and
administrative  expenses were $12.2 million in 1998, compared to $5.1 million in
1997, an increase of 139%.  The principal  increase in these  expenses  resulted
from the increased size of our sales force in the second half of 1998. Marketing
and administrative  costs also increased in 1998 to support the increased number
of customers.

         Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization  expenses
were $2.2 million in 1998, compared to $.6 million in 1997, an increase of 267%.
Depreciation  and  amortization   expense  increased  due  to  the  purchase  of
communications equipment for the expansion of our network and the acquisition of
Interconnected Associates.

         Interest Expense,  Net. Interest expense,  net was $.1 million in 1998,
compared to $.4 million in 1997,  a decrease of 75%.  This $.3 million  decrease
was directly  attributed to the conversion of certain of our  convertible  notes
into equity securities in connection with our corporate  reorganization in March
1998 and interest income earned on proceeds received in the transaction.

         Net Loss. Net loss was $21.7 million in 1998, compared to $14.5 million
in 1997, a 50% increase.

    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

         Revenue.  Revenue was $2.8  million in 1997  compared to $.3 million in
1996 (our first full year of operations), an increase of 833%. This $2.5 million
increase was  primarily  due to increased  marketing  and sales  efforts and the
resulting increase in the number of customers.

         Data Communications and Operations.  Data communications and operations
expenses  were  $11.1  million in 1997,  compared  to $1.0  million in 1996,  an
increase of 1,010%. This $10.1 million increase was due to costs associated with
the expansion of our network and the increase in our customer base.

         Selling,    General   and   Administrative.    Selling,   general   and
administrative  expenses were $5.1 million in 1997,  compared to $1.2 million in
1996, an increase of 325%. This $3.9 million increase was primarily attributable
to the  expansion  of our  business,  including  personnel  expenses,  sales and
marketing costs and professional services expenses.

         Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization  expenses
were $.6 million in 1997,  compared to $.2 million in 1996, an increase of 250%.
This $.4 million  increase is  attributable  to the  purchase of  communications
equipment for the expansion of our network.

         Interest Expense,  Net. Interest expense,  net was $.4 million in 1997,
compared to $.1 million in 1996, an increase of 300%. This $.3 million  increase
is attributable  to interest on capitalized  lease  obligations  that we entered
into in 1997 and the interest on convertible notes and bank debt.

         Net Loss. Net loss was $14.5 million in 1997,  compared to $2.2 million
in 1996, an increase of 559%.

                                       43
<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         We have historically generated negative cash flows from operations.  We
generated negative cash flows from operations of $1.3 million, $10.5 million and
$20.6 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $11.5 million and $12.3
million for the first six months of 1998 and 1999, respectively.

         From January 1, 1996  through  August 31,  1999,  we have  expended $76
million  for  operating  purposes  and for  the  construction,  maintenance  and
expansion  of  our  network.   Net  cash  used  in  investing   activities   was
approximately $.9 million, $.7 million and $2.4 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998,
respectively,  and $1.5 million for the first six months of 1999.  Net cash used
in investing  activities in each period primarily reflects purchases of property
and  equipment  not  financed  with  capital  leases.  In  March  1998,  we used
approximately  $.8 million in cash and stock with a fair value of  approximately
$.6  million to acquire  Interconnected  Associates.  See note 5 to our  audited
financial statements that are in the back of this prospectus.  Net cash provided
by financing  activities  was $2.7 million,  $12.0 million and $24.1 million for
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $11.0 million for the first six months of
1999. We obtained funds through  issuances of equity  securities and convertible
notes,  bank  financing,  capital  lease  obligations  and advances  from Bridge
pursuant to demand notes.  As of September 30, 1999, we had  outstanding  demand
loans from Bridge of approximately $16.6 million.

         In 1999, we expect our capital expenditures,  excluding the purchase of
the Bridge IP network,  will total  approximately  $25 million.  The majority of
this expenditure is allocated to the rollout of ATM customer premises equipment,
the build out of our colocation  facilities,  and the deployment of our new dial
platform.  We expect to have capital  expenditures of approximately $160 million
in 2000 as we continue the build out of colocation facilities, the deployment of
ATM devices, and the expansion of our network to 24 new cities.

         In ______  1999,  we  acquired  certain  network  assets from Bridge in
exchange for $_____ million of indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations.

         In connection with our acquisition of Bridge's  network assets,  Bridge
assigned to us certain  agreements for the purchase of communications  services.
To obtain the suppliers'  consents to such  assignments,  in several  instances,
Bridge was required to guarantee our performance under these agreements.  In the
event Bridge is ever required to make payments to these suppliers on our behalf,
Bridge will be entitled to reduce its payments to us under the network  services
agreement in a like amount.  We are currently  discussing  with several of these
suppliers the release of Bridge from its guarantee  obligations  in exchange for
the placement of deposits or stand-by  letters of credit by us. We estimate that
we may be required to deposit up to a total of $__ million for such purposes.

         We have arrangements with various suppliers of communications  services
that require us to maintain minimum spending levels, some of which increase over
time. We are able to choose among a variety of  communications  services offered
by these suppliers to meet these spending minimums.  We are currently  exceeding
all of our  spending  minimums  and expect to  continue  to do so as our network
requirements expand.  However, if our network requirements were to decrease,  we
could be obligated to make  payments to these  suppliers  for services we do not
need.

                                       44
<PAGE>

         Although we plan to invest  significantly  in equipment  and in network
expansion,  we have no material  commitments  for such items at this time. As we
expand  our  network,  increase  our  employee  base  to  support  our  expanded
operations  and invest in our  marketing and sales  organizations,  we expect to
have significant cash requirements for the foreseeable future.

         We believe that the net proceeds of this  offering,  together  with our
existing cash and cash equivalents,  and anticipated vendor financings,  will be
sufficient to fund our capital needs through the end of 2000.  See "Risk Factors
- -- Risk Related to Our  Business."  We intend to continue to seek equity or debt
financing  from  external  sources  to meet our cash needs  after that date.  We
cannot  assure  you that such  additional  funding  will be  available  on terms
satisfactory to us or at all.

IMPACT OF THE YEAR 2000

         Many computers,  software, and other equipment include computer code in
which calendar year data is abbreviated to only two digits.  As a result of this
design decision,  some of these systems could fail to operate or fail to produce
correct  results if "00" is  interpreted to mean 1900,  rather than 2000.  These
problems are widely  expected to increase in frequency  and severity as the year
2000 approaches, and are commonly referred to as the "Year 2000 problem."

         General  Readiness  Assessment.  The Year 2000  problem  may affect the
network  infrastructure,  computers,  software and other  equipment that we use,
operate or maintain for our operations. As a result, we have formalized our Year
2000  compliance  plan,  which  has  been  substantially  implemented  by a team
assigned this task. As part of our Year 2000  compliance  plan, the project team
has compiled a listing of all mission-critical  items, both developed internally
and  purchased  from  outside  sources,  that may be  impacted  by the Year 2000
problem.  We then obtained  information from the independent third parties whose
products  or  services  we  use to  identify  the  Year  2000  readiness  of all
mission-critical items. Substantially all mission-critical items that were found
not to be compliant were then upgraded to a compliant version, model or release.
Mission-critical  items that were  internally  developed  were created with Year
2000 compliance in mind, and have been thoroughly  tested. We have purchased and
developed all of our hardware and software  since 1995. As a result,  we have no
legacy systems that are most commonly afflicted with Year 2000 problems.

         Costs of assessing and addressing  Year 2000  compliance.  The costs of
upgrading  the various  hardware or software that were found not to be compliant
were not  material.  The majority of the cost of assessing and  addressing  Year
2000  compliance  issues was absorbed into normal  operating  expense and salary
structures.

         Risks  associated  with Year 2000  problems.  We  believe  that we have
identified and resolved all Year 2000 problems that could significantly harm our
business  operations.  However,  we believe that it is not possible to determine
with  complete  certainty  that all Year 2000  problems  affecting  us have been
identified  or  corrected.  The  number of  devices  and  systems  that could be
affected and the interactions among these devices and systems are numerous.

         In such cases where we do not have the ability to perform our own tests
on third party  technologies,  we have sought  statements of compliance from our
vendors.  No one can


                                       45
<PAGE>

accurately predict which Year 2000-related  failures will occur or the severity,
timing,  duration,  or financial  consequences of these potential failures. As a
result, we believe that the following are possible:

o             A   significant   number   of   operational   inconveniences   and
              inefficiencies  for us, our suppliers and our customers  that will
              divert  management's  time and attention,  and financial and human
              resources from ordinary business activities;

o             Possible business disputes and claims,  including claims under our
              Service Level Agreements, due to Year 2000 problems experienced by
              our  customers  and  incorrectly  attributed  to our  services  or
              performance,  which we believe  will be resolved  in the  ordinary
              course of business;

o             A few serious business  disputes alleging that we failed to comply
              with the terms of  customer  contracts  or industry  standards  of
              performance,  some of which could result in litigation or contract
              termination;

o             One  or  more  of our  telecommunication  and/or  Internet  access
              providers  may  encounter  difficulties  related  to the Year 2000
              problem  and,  as a  result,  may not be  able to send  data to or
              receive data from one or more of our PrivateNAPs(SM).

         Contingency  Plans.  We believe  our  company  is Year 2000  compliant.
Therefore,  our  contingency  plans  mostly take the form of fast and  efficient
responses to Year 2000 problems identified as they materialize. Specifically:

o             We will have staff from each of our technical  departments present
              on site at midnight on December  31, 1999,  as well as  additional
              staff "on call."

o             We   will   also   make   arrangements   with   vendors   of   key
              mission-critical  equipment  and software to ensure that they have
              staff present or "on call" to immediately  address any issues that
              arrive with the Year 2000.

o             Where  feasible,  we will have backup  systems in place so that we
              may transition functionality from affected systems.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

         In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  133,   "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities," which establishes  accounting and reporting
standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities.  This standard will
be effective for us for the fiscal years and quarters  beginning  after June 15,
2000, and requires that an entity  recognize all derivatives as either assets or
liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments
at fair value. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard.

         In April 1998, the American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants
issued  Statement  of  Position  98-5,  "Reporting  on  the  Costs  of  Start-Up
Activities." This standard  requires  companies to expense the costs of start-up
activities and organization  costs as incurred and is effective for fiscal years
beginning  after  December  15,  1998.  We do not

                                       46
<PAGE>

expect that adoption of this standard will have a material impact on our results
of operations.

         In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 131,  "Disclosures  About Segments of an
Enterprise  and  Related  Information,"  which  establishes  annual and  interim
reporting   standards  for  an  enterprise's   business   segments  and  related
disclosures about its products, services,  geographic areas and major customers.
Our adoption of this standard did not affect our financial position,  results of
operations or cash flows for any period presented.

QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE MARKET RISKS

         Our primary market risk exposures  relate to changes in interest rates.
With the transfer of assets from  Bridge,  we will also be exposed to changes in
foreign currency exchange rates.

INTEREST RATES

         Our  financial  instruments  that are  sensitive to changes in interest
rates are our  borrowings  from Bridge.  As of December 31, 1998,  the aggregate
fair value of our borrowings approximated their carrying value.

FOREIGN CURRENCY

         Although  our  functional  currency  is the  United  States  dollar,  a
significant portion of our revenue will be derived from our sales and operations
outside the United States after the asset transfer.  In the future, we expect to
derive a significant  portion of our revenue and incur a significant  portion of
our operating costs outside the United States,  and changes in foreign  currency
exchange rates may have a significant  effect on our results of  operations.  In
the future,  we may engage in hedging  transactions to mitigate foreign exchange
risk.


                                       47
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

         We are a leading  provider of high  quality,  high  performance  global
networking and Internet solutions to medium and large businesses,  multinational
corporations and Internet service providers.  Bridge Information Systems, one of
the leading content providers to the financial services  industry,  utilizes the
SAVVIS  ProActive(SM)  Network to deliver  Bridge's  content and applications to
over  5,000  financial  institutions  including  75 of the top 100  banks in the
world.  We currently offer a wide range of managed data network  services,  high
bandwidth Internet access, virtual private networks,  Internet security services
and colocation  services.  We provide services to  approximately  700 customers,
including ebay Inc., CDNow,  Inc. and Sage Networks,  Inc. and through Bridge to
over 5,000  customers,including  Morgan Stanley Dean Witter and Chase  Manhattan
Bank.

         The SAVVIS ProActive(SM)  Network was constructed to meet the real-time
data delivery  requirements of the most demanding customers.  Our network is one
of the largest data networks in the world, has been  operational  since 1996 and
has over 6,000 buildings on-net in 75 of the world's major commercial centers in
47 countries.  Our network architecture is based on asynchronous  transfer mode,
or ATM, frame relay and Internet protocol, or IP,  architectures.  Additionally,
our  75-city  global  system  connects to eight  PrivateNAPs(SM),  which will be
expanded  to 12 by March  2000,  allowing  us to by-pass  the  congested  public
Internet  access points.  This network  design  enables us to provide  real-time
packet  delivery and guarantee low latency and low packet loss. The network also
allows us to tailor our service offerings to our customers' needs and to offer a
range of quality of service levels.  The high performance of our Internet access
service has been  independently  verified by Keynote Systems in a study in which
we have consistently been rated among the top three Internet backbone  providers
for performance based on mean file download times throughout 1999.

         We began  commercial  operations  in  1996,  offering  Internet  access
services to local and regional  Internet  service  providers.  In April 1999, we
were acquired by Bridge, a global provider of real-time and historical financial
information and news regarding stocks, bonds, foreign exchange,  and commodities
to the financial  services  industry.  Bridge has approximately  250,000 network
terminals  installed  worldwide.  Over the last four  years  Bridge  IP  network
connections  have grown from 250 to 10,000,  and during 1999 have  increased  an
average of 600 per month,  or 250%.  For the twelve  months ended  September 30,
1999, Bridge generated over $1.2 billion in revenues. Bridge is a privately held
company based in St. Louis,  Missouri,  whose  principal  shareholder  is Welsh,
Carson, Anderson & Stowe, a leading private equity firm.

         In order to deliver  real-time  financial  information to its customers
around the world,  Bridge  developed a highly  redundant global network based on
ATM, frame relay and IP technologies. We constructed our network using identical
technologies  and, in most cases, the same types of network  equipment,  greatly
facilitating  the  interconnection  and integration of the networks in September
1999. On ________ __, 1999, in exchange for $_____ million of  indebtedness  and
capital lease obligations, Bridge transferred its global network to us, creating
the seamless  global data network which we operate  today.  Bridge agreed to use
our services for the delivery of its financial content and services through 2009
and will guarantee  annual revenue to us of  approximately  $__ million  through
that  date.  In  addition,  we  agreed to  purchase  certain  customer  support,
technical and administrative,

                                       48
<PAGE>

services  from  Bridge.  Before  giving  effect to this  offering,  Bridge owned
approximately 75% of our outstanding common stock.

MARKET OVERVIEW

         Market  Opportunity.  As  the  Internet  has  emerged  as  a  strategic
component of  business,  investment  in Internet  services has begun to increase
dramatically.  According to International  Data  Corporation,  the demand for US
Internet  and  e-commerce  services  was $2.9 billion in 1997 and is expected to
grow to $22 billion by 2002, a 50%  compound  annual  growth rate.  In addition,
demand  for  data  transport   services  is  growing  rapidly  as  evidenced  by
International  Data  Corporation's  estimate  that Internet  service  providers'
corporate  access revenues will grow from $2.9 billion in 1998 to $12 billion by
2003, a 32.5%  compound  annual growth rate.  We believe a significant  Internet
market will continue to be Internet  infrastructure and usage. According to Zona
research,  this  market  will  grow  to  an  estimated  $142  billion  in  2001,
approximately half of which will represent bandwidth cost.

         Internet network services.  Since the commercialization of the Internet
in the early 1990s, businesses have rapidly established corporate Internet sites
and connectivity as a means to expand customer reach and improve  communications
efficiency.  Internet access service is now one of the fastest growing  segments
of the global  telecommunications  services  market.  According to International
Data  Corporation,  the number of Internet users worldwide reached 38 million in
1996 and is  forecasted  to grow to over 170 million by the year 2000.  Internet
access  services  represent  the  means  by  which  Internet  service  providers
interconnect businesses to the Internet or to corporate intranets and extranets.
Access services  include dial-up access for mobile workers and small  businesses
and  high-speed   dedicated  access  used  primarily  by  mid-sized  and  larger
organizations.  In addition  to  Internet  access  services,  Internet  services
providers are increasingly providing a range of value-added services,  including
shared and dedicated Web hosting and server colocation,  security services,  and
advanced applications such as IP-based voice, fax and video services.

         Corporate data network services. Other than Internet-related  services,
the majority of business' data  communications  today take place over private or
managed  corporate data and electronic data interchange  networks.  According to
International Data Corporation, the market for data network services in the U.S.
grew from  approximately  $3.0 billion in 1997 to approximately  $5.5 billion in
1998.  International  Data Corporation  expects that the market for data network
services in the U.S. will continue to grow rapidly to reach  approximately $12.8
billion in 2003.

         Today organizations employ local data networks,  local area networks or
LANs, to interconnect personal computers and workstations. The highly successful
use of LANs for  information-sharing,  messaging and other  applications has led
organizations  to  aggressively  deploy  wide  area  networks,  or  WANs,  which
effectively  interconnect LANs and replicate their  functionality  across a much
broader  geographic  area.  The demand for WANs has grown as a result of today's
competitive business environment.  Factors stimulating higher demand include the
need to provide  broader  and more  responsive  customer  service and to operate
faster  and more  effectively  between  operating  units,  suppliers  and  other
business partners.  In addition, as businesses become more global in nature, the
ability  to access  business  information  across  the  enterprise  has become a
competitive necessity.

                                       49
<PAGE>

         Convergence between the Internet and corporate data networking.  Today,
many   businesses   are  utilizing   Internet-related   services  as  lower-cost
alternatives to certain traditional  telecommunications services. The ubiquitous
nature and  relatively  low cost of the Internet have resulted in its widespread
use for certain applications,  most notably Web access and e-mail. IP has become
the communications  protocol of choice for the desktop and the LAN. As a result,
IP WAN  implementation  requires no protocol  conversion,  reducing overhead and
improving  performance.  Many corporations are connecting their remote locations
using  intranets  to  enable  more  efficient   communications  with  employees,
providing remote access for mobile workers and reducing telecommunications costs
by using value-added services such as IP-based fax and video-conferencing.

         Industry  analysts  expect the market for both IP-based data networking
services and Internet access to grow rapidly as companies  increase their use of
the Internet, intranets,  extranets and privately managed IP networks. According
to industry analyst Forrester Research,  Inc., an independent research firm, the
total  market for  Internet  services is  projected to grow from $6.2 billion in
1997 to approximately $49.7 billion in 2002, with approximately $27.9 billion in
the enterprise market segment and $21.8 billion in the consumer market segment.

         Rapid growth in e-commerce.  While most corporations'  early use of the
Internet was to establish an Internet marketing  presence,  businesses today are
using the Internet much more aggressively: to generate new revenues, to increase
efficiency  through  improved  communications  with suppliers and other business
partners, and to improve internal communications. The rapid growth of e-commerce
encompasses both  business-to-business and  business-to-consumer  communications
and  transactions,  and the projected growth of these markets over the next five
years  is   dramatic.   Forrester   Research   projects   that  the  market  for
business-to-business  e-commerce  will  grow  from $43  billion  in 1998 to $1.3
trillion in 2003. In addition,  Forrester  Research projects that the market for
business-to-consumer  e-commerce  will grow from $8 billion to $108 billion over
the same period.

         Outsourcing of Internet-related  services. In order to capitalize fully
on the new  opportunities  presented by the Internet and e-commerce,  businesses
will require robust data  communications and infrastructure  services capable of
supporting mission-critical  applications.  We believe that an increasing number
of businesses will seek to outsource these services to third-party providers for
several  reasons.  First,  the rapid growth of  Internet-related  businesses has
created  a  shortage  of  information  technology  personnel  skilled  in IP and
e-commerce  development.   Second,  many  companies  believe  that  establishing
leadership  in their  industry  with  respect to  Internet-related  services  is
important to the future of their business. Given this posture, time to market is
critical and turning to a  specialized,  third-party  provider can often shorten
time to  market.  Finally,  many  infrastructure  services  require  significant
up-front  investment.  Many  companies  will choose to preserve their capital to
invest in activities  that are integral to their  business  strategy and seek to
develop their  infrastructure  by purchasing  services  rather than investing in
networks, systems and equipment.

         Rapid growth in colocation and Web site hosting. While in the past only
the largest  companies  provisioned  their own data networking  services,  until
recently  businesses of all sizes  typically  housed,  maintained  and monitored
their own web and  content  servers.  As  Internet-enabled  applications  become
mission-critical,  larger and more difficult to develop and maintain and require
increasing amounts of investment,  we believe a substantial

                                       50
<PAGE>

number of  businesses  will  outsource  their  colocation  and web site  hosting
requirements  to third parties.  Forrester  Research  projects that the web site
hosting business, including colocation,  dedicated and shared hosting, will grow
from less than $1 billion in 1998 to almost $15 billion by 2003. We believe that
companies  seeking  IP  expertise,  high  levels  of  security,   fault-tolerant
infrastructure,  local and  remote  support  and the cost  benefits  of a shared
infrastructure will be most likely to outsource these services.

         Limitations  of  Internet  protocol  and  the  Internet.   Despite  the
remarkable,  rapid success of IP, the Internet faces  limitations that may serve
as a bottleneck between the full potential of IP and its use in mission-critical
applications.  First,  in IP routing,  packet data  travels  through the network
without a pre-defined path or guaranteed delivery. Individual packets may travel
separate paths and arrive at the network destination at different times. Second,
IP packets cannot be identified as belonging to one class of traffic or another.
For  example,  in a given  flow of IP  packets it is not  possible  to  separate
"real-time" traffic, such as voice-over-IP, from lower priority traffic, such as
e-mail.  Each of these  issues  limits the  utility of IP for  mission-critical,
real-time enterprise  networks.  While we believe that an improved version of IP
will be  implemented,  the timing and  efficiency of these  improvements  remain
uncertain.

         Bottlenecks  at Network  Access  Points.  The  Internet is a network of
networks.  Communication among these networks takes place at access points where
they interconnect.  Despite the near ubiquity of the Internet,  there are only a
few major public network  access  points.  However,  since the  introduction  of
network   access   points,   the  volume  of  Internet   traffic  has  increased
dramatically,  often overwhelming  network access points' capacity to handle the
smooth  exchange  of traffic.  The public  network  access  points are now space
constrained,  have inadequate  power and air  conditioning,  have poor security,
often  employ  legacy  switching  technologies,  have  limited  or no  available
maintenance or support staff,  and are not centrally  managed.  No single entity
has the  economic  incentive or ability to  facilitate  problem  resolution,  to
optimize peering,  or to bring about centralized  routing  administration.  As a
consequence  of the lack of  coordination  and in order to avoid the  increasing
congestion at the public network access points, selected backbone providers have
established  connections at private  network access points,  thereby  connecting
pairs of backbones  for the  exchange of traffic and  bypassing  public  network
access points.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

         Our target  customers are those  businesses that are intensive users of
data  communications  that require a high quality of service for their Internet,
intranet and  extranet  needs.  Our  competitive  strengths  in servicing  these
customers include:

         LARGE,  SOPHISTICATED  CUSTOMER  BASE. We currently  provide  real-time
managed  data  services to Bridge to enable the  delivery of Bridge  content and
applications to over 5,000 financial  services firms including 75 of the top 100
banks in the  world  and 45 of the top 50  brokerage  firms  in the  U.S.  These
companies are among the world's most demanding users of corporate data services,
and the SAVVIS  ProActive(SM)  Network  was  designed  and is  operated  to high
standards of speed and redundancy to satisfy their requirements. With the SAVVIS
ProActive(SM)  Network  in place,  the  marginal  cost of  providing  additional
services to these  customers is low.  Additionally,  the marginal cost of making
our high quality services available to new customers, including medium and small
businesses,  and new vertical markets is also low. We believe providing service,
through

                                       51
<PAGE>

Bridge, to the world's leading financial institutions will significantly advance
our brand building efforts and enhance our prospects for winning new business.

         UNIQUE  NETWORK  ENGINEERED  FOR  REAL-TIME  PERFORMANCE.  Our  network
architecture  allows us to deliver real-time,  volume intensive data services to
the most demanding customers.  In addition, the high performance of our Internet
access service has been independently  verified by Keynote Systems in a study in
which we have  consistently  been rated  among the top three  Internet  backbone
providers for performance  based on mean file download times throughout 1999. In
order to achieve this, we designed our network to be highly redundant, including
multiple backbone, local loop and Internet connections.  In addition, our system
of  PrivateNAPs(SM)  allows our Internet traffic to bypass the heavily congested
public access points of the  Internet,  thereby  reducing data loss and latency,
and improving  reliability and performance.  We also use proprietary routing and
network management  policies to enhance our network efficiency and to maintain a
high quality of service. The reliability and functionality of our network allows
us to provide  our  customers  with a range of  services  and quality of service
levels that we believe are unique to the industry.

         GLOBAL  ON-NET  PRESENCE.  We operate one of the largest  managed  data
networks  in the world,  reaching  47  countries,  with  facilities  in 75 major
cities,  including  53  international  cities and 22 U.S.  cities.  These cities
generate a  significant  percentage  of the  world's  total data  traffic and we
intend  to  continue  to  extend  the  scope of our  network  by  connecting  an
additional 24 cities in 2000.  Currently,  the network has over 6,000  buildings
on-net.  These on-net buildings are typically occupied by multiple businesses to
which we can deliver our services with low marginal cost.

         SINGLE SOURCE SERVICE OFFERING.  We provide our customers with a single
source  for  a  wide  range  of  global  networking,  Internet,  and  colocation
solutions. Our global networking solutions include managed data, virtual private
network and dial-up  access  services.  Our  Internet-related  services  include
dedicated  access,  digital  subscriber  line,  or DSL,  and  Internet  security
services.  All of our services are offered as service only, turnkey solutions or
fully managed solutions depending on customer  requirements and the capabilities
of their internal information technology staff.

         WORLD-CLASS  SERVICE THROUGH  PROPRIETARY  SYSTEMS.  Our global network
operations  center in St. Louis and our regional network  operations  centers in
London and  Singapore  are  equipped  with  sophisticated,  proprietary  network
monitoring,   management,   reporting   and   diagnostic   tools   for   network
troubleshooting. These systems enable real-time remote monitoring and management
of our network equipment and customer service. Our customers have a single point
of  contact,  on a 24x365  basis,  for  support  inquiries  and  receive  prompt
notification  of events  that  might  impact  service  quality,  such as network
congestion,  equipment failures and network or power outages.  Our unique global
network  also enables us to provide our  customers  an  extremely  high level of
service.  We commit this level of service to our customers in writing in service
level  agreements,  or SLAs.  Our SLAs are  guarantees  to our customers of high
quality service measured in terms of network availability,  latency, packet loss
and other metrics.

                                       52
<PAGE>

BUSINESS STRATEGY

         Our strategy is to tap the rapidly  growing  market for  reliable  high
speed data communications and Internet services. In pursuit of this strategy, we
intend to:

         PROVIDE A SINGLE SOURCE FOR HIGH QUALITY  INTERNET AND MANAGED  NETWORK
SOLUTIONS.  Data  communications,  and the  Internet,  are  mission-critical  to
thousands of businesses worldwide and the market for these services continues to
grow rapidly.  Corporations  are  continually  expanding and enhancing  existing
networks and deploying new solutions in response to this growth.  By providing a
wide range of solutions for both Internet and managed data solutions, we offer a
single  source  solution to the key  challenges  faced by corporate  information
technology managers implementing  Internet,  intranet and extranet applications.
Since  the   requirements   and  internal   capabilities   of   customers   vary
significantly,  we offer  solutions as a service  only, or on a turnkey or fully
managed basis.

         CAPITALIZE ON BRIDGE  RELATIONSHIPS  TO PENETRATE ITS CUSTOMER BASE. We
intend to  aggressively  market our services to the over 5,000 Bridge  customers
already  connected to our network  through both our sales force and the over 500
Bridge sales  representatives  around the world. We provide incentives to Bridge
employees to refer Bridge customers to us. Since Bridge customers are already on
our  network,  we  believe we will enjoy  significant  time-to-market,  cost and
quality  advantages and enhanced customer retention when delivering our services
to these customers.

         EXPLOIT OUR ON-NET BUILDING PRESENCE.  We intend to actively market our
services to the businesses in the over 6,000  buildings  worldwide  connected to
our network.  These  buildings are generally  located in downtown areas of major
cities and are typically occupied by multiple  businesses.  Because this network
is  already  in  place,  we  expect to enjoy  time-to-market,  cost and  quality
advantages  when  delivering  services to current and new  customers  located in
these buildings.

         EXPAND OUR  NETWORK  AND PRIVATE NAP(SM)  INFRASTRUCTURE.  We intend to
leverage the  substantial  investments  we have made in network  infrastructure,
service capabilities and support organizations to service new customer segments,
including large  corporations  in other targeted  vertical  markets,  medium and
small businesses and Internet service providers. We intend to continue to expand
our  network  infrastructure  to connect  new cities  and new  buildings  to our
network.  Over the next two  years,  we expect  to  establish  facilities  in 48
additional  cities  worldwide.  We believe that this  expansion will allow us to
continue to expand our customer base,  improve our service  offering and improve
our  economies  of  scale.  We also  intend to  continue  the  expansion  of our
PrivateNAPs(SM)  with the addition of four  PrivateNAPs(SM) in early 2000. Given
the high  volume  of  traffic  currently  carried  on our  network,  we are also
evaluating  the purchase of local and long haul fiber to further  reduce network
operating costs.

         GROW DOMESTIC AND  INTERNATIONAL  DISTRIBUTION  CHANNELS.  We intend to
aggressively grow our distribution channels. We expect to significantly increase
the size of our current  sales force for both global  networking  solutions  and
Internet access services in 2000 and enter into  distribution  arrangements with
companies  licensed to provide our services in markets  where we do not directly
hold such  licenses.  We will also attempt to establish  relationships  with our
Internet  service  provider  customers who are interested in  cross-selling  our
global networking  solutions to their existing customer base. Finally, we

                                       53
<PAGE>

intend to partner  with  content  providers  (in  addition to Bridge) to develop
bundled content and network services targeted at vertical markets other than the
financial services industry.

         PROVIDE ENABLING  INFRASTRUCTURE FOR E-COMMERCE  SOLUTIONS.  We believe
that many of our target customers, particularly the financial services companies
to whom we currently deliver Bridge content and  applications,  are aggressively
pursuing  e-commerce  strategies.   Our  unique  network  architecture,   highly
available  domestic and international dial access platforms and industry leading
security  solutions  will enable  businesses to  communicate  with customers and
suppliers  over the  Internet  and secure  extranets.  As a result,  we are well
positioned  to help our  customers  capitalize  on the  substantial  anticipated
growth in e-commerce.

         DEVELOP AND MARKET NEW  SERVICES.  We intend to continue to develop new
services,  such as voice and video,  that will enable us to further leverage our
existing network  infrastructure and our existing customer base. For example, we
have deployed ATM to the edge of our network and intend to  aggressively  deploy
ATM devices at customer  premises allowing for the provision of multiple network
applications  with different  quality of service levels over the same local loop
and customer equipment. The deployment of these devices will allow our customers
to combine services that they may currently buy from multiple vendors, each on a
different  network,  onto our  network  at a  reduced  cost.  We are also in the
process of upgrading  and expanding  our  colocation  facilities to over 250,000
square feet of space,  and expect to offer complex web hosting services at these
facilities.  We intend to further expand our relationship with Bridge to develop
tailored  product  offerings  which bundle news,  financial  content and trading
applications  with our data  networking  services.  We also  intend  to  develop
bundled content or applications and network services with other trading partners
targeted at new vertical markets.

THE SAVVIS SOLUTION

         We believe that SAVVIS is well  positioned to solve the major  problems
facing  Internet and data  networking  customers  today.  We designed the SAVVIS
ProActive(SM)  Network to offer a guaranteed,  superior level of performance for
both Internet and data networking services.  We deliver a comprehensive range of
high performance,  quality of service differentiated solutions, including global
networking,   Internet  access,  intranets,   extranets,  colocation  and  other
services.

         A common  feature  among all of our  services  is that we  provide  our
customers  with  substantial  flexibility  to choose among a range of offerings,
including  service only,  turnkey  solutions and fully managed  solutions.  With
service only, the customer is responsible  for the design and integration of its
network  solution and the purchase of network  hardware,  relying on us only for
network  services.  With a turnkey  solution we are  responsible for the design,
implementation  and  integration of the solution,  but the customer  manages the
solution after it has been deployed. With a managed offering, we are responsible
for the design, implementation,  integration and ongoing support of the customer
solution.

         GLOBAL NETWORKING SOLUTIONS.  The SAVVIS ProActive(SM) Network provides
a reliable,  high quality  environment to transfer private  corporate data among
offices,  employees,   customers  and  suppliers.  Because  all  of  our  global
networking  solutions  are carried over a single  network,  we are able to offer
these  services  on a  cost-effective  basis

                                       54
<PAGE>

relative to legacy private line networks, while providing comparable quality and
security  and   significant   improvements   in  redundancy,   flexibility   and
scalability.

         Managed Data  Networking.  Managed data network  services  provide data
         communication  links  over a shared  network  environment.  Because  we
         operate, manage and monitor our global data network end-to-end,  we are
         able to provide  our  customers  with  higher  performance  and greater
         reliability than solutions that utilize the public Internet.  Customers
         can  connect  to our  global  network  using  ATM,  frame  relay  or IP
         protocols.  Customers  contract  for  connectivity  to our global  data
         network and configure  software-based  permanent virtual  circuits,  or
         PVCs, that emulate much of the functionality of private lines, but with
         improved  scalability  and redundancy and the ability to "burst" beyond
         the stated capacity of the PVC. Our managed data network  solutions are
         designed for those  customers that require a very high level of quality
         and security for their networking solutions.

         Virtual Private Network Services. For our customers who want to realize
         the cost  benefits of a shared  network but do not require the level of
         performance  and  security of our managed data  network  solutions,  we
         offer our Internet-based  virtual private network,  or VPN,  solutions.
         VPNs   utilize   the   near-ubiquity   of  the   Internet   to  provide
         cost-effective connectivity for businesses with large numbers of sites,
         mobile workers or sites that do not have high bandwidth requirements or
         that are in remote  locations.  A typical  Internet-based  VPN supports
         dial-up  access,   resulting  in  extensive  geographic  coverage  and,
         together   with   the   implementation   of   tunneling,    encryption,
         authentication and access control technologies,  can establish a secure
         link between the mobile worker and the corporate  network  environment.
         One of our primary  competitive  advantages is that our  Internet-based
         VPN customers are served by our high performance Internet backbone.

         Packet  Transport  Services.  We offer  point-to-point  data connection
         services,  which  are  implemented  as ATM or  frame  relay  PVCs,  for
         customers    requiring    high   bandwidth    point-to-point    network
         communications.

         Dial Access.  By the end of 1999, we plan to offer local dial access in
         over 20 U.S. markets,  toll free dial access for all other U.S. markets
         as well as international  dial access. By the middle of 2000, we expect
         to  provide  local  dial  access  in  approximately  100  U.S.  cities,
         increasing to  approximately  300 U.S.  cities by the end of 2000.  Our
         dial access  service  will enable  mobile  workers,  telecommuters  and
         small-office  and  home-office  users to  connect  to our high  quality
         global data network.  This service is targeted at those businesses with
         extensive extranets designed for e-commerce services and companies with
         a  significant   number  of  mobile   workers  that  demand   reliable,
         high-quality, dial-up solutions.

         INTERNET  ACCESS  SERVICES.  We offer our customers in the U.S. a broad
range of Internet access services designed to meet the varied needs of corporate
customers and regional Internet service providers.  Our Internet access services
range from high-speed continuous access provided by dedicated telephone circuits
to lower-cost  dial-up services.  The principal  features of our Internet access
services are the high performance,  reliability and flexibility  provided by the
SAVVIS ProActive(SM) Network and our 75 city global network that is connected to
our system of  PrivateNAPs(SM)  allowing our  customers to by pass the congested
public  Internet  access  points.  We plan to make these  services  available

                                       55
<PAGE>

to certain of our customers  outside the U.S.  beginning in the third quarter of
2000. The high performance of our Internet access service has been independently
verified by Keynote Systems in a study in which we have  consistently been rated
among the top three Internet  backbone  providers for performance  based on mean
file download times throughout 1999.

         Dedicated  Access.  We offer  customers T-3 service (up to 45 Mbps) and
         T-1  service  (up to 1.544  Mbps),  with  the  option  of full  channel
         dedicated   bandwidth,   fractional   channel  bandwidth  or  burstable
         bandwidth.  We also  provide  all  required IP  addresses,  primary and
         secondary  domain name  service,  newsfeed  service,  and network  time
         protocol.

         Ethernet Service.  For customers that seek a cost-effective  100% fiber
         optic network solution for high-speed  Internet access, we offer our 10
         Mbps  Ethernet  service.  Our Ethernet  service  transmits  information
         through  a  customer's   existing  LAN  router.   This  service  is  an
         intermediate upgrade between T-1 service and fractional T-3 service.

         DSL  Service.  For  commercial  customers  that  seek a  cost-effective
         continuous  connectivity  solution for high-speed  Internet access,  we
         offer symmetric digital  subscriber line, or DSL, services (up to 1.544
         Mbps). DSL services transmit  information through a customer's existing
         copper telephone lines by encoding the information in a digital format.
         We currently offer DSL services in 12 U.S. cities, and we expect to add
         service to approximately 12 additional cities by the end of 2000.

         Wholesale  Internet  Access.  We provide  wholesale  Internet access to
         local and regional  Internet  service  providers who use our network to
         connect their customers to the Internet.

         Internet   Security   Services.   For  companies  using  the  Internet,
         protection  from  internal  and  external  threats  to their  corporate
         network is  extremely  important.  We offer a broad  range of  security
         solutions designed to provide a customer with the ability to:

o        authenticate users attempting to gain access to its network;

o        prevent intruders from accessing its network;

o        protect the integrity of the content on its network; and

o        encrypt secured transmissions of company data through the Internet.

                  We evaluate and assess a customer's security needs,  recommend
         appropriate  security  solutions,  and implement,  manage,  monitor and
         maintain  these  solutions.  We also  perform  security  audits to find
         deficiencies  in a customer  network and in host computers  attached to
         that  network  and  recommend  appropriate   solutions.   Our  security
         solutions  are offered in  conjunction  with  Netrex,  Inc.,  a leading
         worldwide Internet security provider.

                                       56
<PAGE>

                  COLOCATION   SERVICES.    We   offer   customers   a   secure,
         fault-tolerant  environment  in which to locate their  mission-critical
         content and networking hardware. We are in the process of upgrading and
         expanding  our  colocation  facilities  to over 250,000  square feet of
         space.  These  state-of-the-art  facilities will be located directly on
         our network backbone to provide high quality,  cost-effective  Internet
         access and  hosting to the web sites of our  colocation  customers.  We
         expect to  complete  upgrades  and  expansions  during  2000 in Boston,
         London,  New York,  St.  Louis,  Los Angeles,  San  Francisco,  Dallas,
         Chicago  and  Washington,  D.C.  By using  our  colocation  facilities,
         customers will enjoy a highly secure,  fault-tolerant  environment  and
         direct access to our global data network and avoid significant  capital
         outlays  required to construct such facilities on their own.  Customers
         will have physical and remote access to our colocation  facilities on a
         24x365 basis to manage,  monitor and maintain their equipment,  or they
         may engage us to provide support services.  Our colocation services are
         targeted  at  content   providers,   Internet-centric   businesses  and
         application service providers.

         SALES AND MARKETING

         We contact  potential new customers  through our direct sales force and
our recently  implemented lead referral program. Our direct salespeople together
with our sales  engineers  develop sales  proposals for potential new customers.
After a sale is completed  and the customer  solution is  installed,  the client
solutions  team assumes the  management of the customer  relationship,  handling
support  issues  and  selling  additional   services  and  connectivity  as  the
customer's business grows.

         Direct Sales.  Our direct sales force  consisted of  approximately  100
sales  representatives  and sales  engineers in the U.S. as of October 31, 1999.
Our direct sales force is  specialized  along product  lines,  which enables our
sales  representatives  to develop an  expertise  in a  specific  product  area,
including  customer  applications and  requirements.  This  specialization  also
allows us to customize our sales  compensation  arrangements to the sales cycle,
revenue and margin  characteristics of each product.  All sales  representatives
take  part  in an  extensive  training  program  designed  to  develop  in-depth
technical expertise so they can better understand  customers' complex networking
needs and develop customized solutions.

         Our sales force is divided between our Global Networking Sales Division
and our Internet Access Sales Division.  We employ a distributed sales model for
global networking sales to facilitate a consultative sales approach.  Because we
only  recently  began  marketing  our  global  networking  services,  our global
networking sales force currently  consists of eight personnel based in six major
cities in the U.S. We intend to rapidly  expand our sales force and  establish a
sales presence in 14 additional cities worldwide by the end of the first quarter
of 2000. In contrast,  we have a centralized sales model for our Internet Access
Sales   Division.   Our  Internet  access  sales  force  consists  of  over  100
representatives  based in  Reston,  Virginia.  We intend  to  locate  additional
centralized sales teams in Europe, Asia and Latin America by the end of 2001.

         Bridge Lead Referrals. We expect to capitalize on our relationship with
Bridge, a major content provider to financial  services  companies,  to generate
sales leads in the financial services market. Bridge has approximately 500 sales
representatives  worldwide,  located in the world's key financial centers. These
sales  representatives  support a customer base of over 5,000 financial services
companies.  Because our  network is already

                                       57
<PAGE>

connected to over 6,000 buildings  around the world to deliver Bridge content to
these  customers,  we are able to deploy  additional  services and  solutions to
these customers in a rapid,  cost-effective and scaleable manner. In addition to
Bridge,  we believe that  additional  content  providers  will be  interested in
establishing  lead referral  programs.  A relationship with SAVVIS will enable a
content  provider to deliver their service in a real-time,  high quality  manner
and  provide  an  incremental   revenue  opportunity  through  a  lead  referral
commission.

         Alternate   Channels.   In  addition  to  relationships   with  content
providers,   we  intend  to   develop   new   distribution   arrangements   with
Internet-related and communications  companies. Many of these companies lack our
global network  infrastructure or sales and technical support expertise for high
value-added  data services.  By partnering  with us, these carriers can generate
additional revenues,  provide a more complete service bundle and reduce customer
churn.  We intend to pursue  distribution  opportunities  with Internet  service
providers,   competitive  local  exchange  carriers,  DSL  companies  and  other
communications  and  Internet-related  companies in the U.S.,  Europe,  Asia and
Latin America.

         Client  Solutions  Team. Our client  solutions team is responsible  for
customer relationship management. The team alerts customers when their bandwidth
utilization  approaches capacity and advises customers on methods to improve the
performance and security of their network using additional SAVVIS services. This
team is also able to cross-sell to existing customers additional services,  such
as advising a managed data client on Internet and e-commerce services.

         Marketing.  Our marketing  programs are designed to build  national and
global  awareness  of the  SAVVIS  brand  name  and its  association  with  high
performance, high quality corporate networking solutions. We use brand awareness
and direct marketing  programs to generate leads,  accelerate the sales process,
retain existing  customers and promote new products to existing  customers.  Our
print   advertisements   are   placed   in  trade   journals,   newspapers   and
special-interest  publications.  We participate in industry trade shows, such as
Networld+InterOP,   IT  Expo   and   Internet   World.   At  the   recent   1999
Networld+InterOP  show, our VPNs were named the "Best of Show" for WAN services.
We also use direct  mail,  e-newsletters,  fax blasts,  surveys,  telemarketing,
Internet  marketing,  seminars  (on-line  and  on-site),  collateral  materials,
advertising,  welcome  kits and direct  response  programs to  communicate  with
existing customers and to reach potential new customers. Many of these marketing
programs are co-funded by our technology  partners and suppliers.  Our marketing
programs are targeted at information  technology  executives,  as well as senior
marketing and finance managers. We closely track the impact and effectiveness of
our primary marketing programs.

         Sales Force  Automation.  We use our proprietary sales force automation
system to manage all pre-sales  communications  with our prospective  customers.
All  distribution  and tracking of sales leads occur through this system.  Sales
leads are imported from data sources such as corporate web sites, telemarketing,
direct mail and national advertising  campaigns,  and assigned regionally to the
desktops  of the  appropriate  sales  representatives.  All  contact  with these
prospects is documented in the sales force automation  system through every step
of the sales cycle, from initial contact to contract receipt. In addition,  this
system allows sales  management to monitor the sales  activity of their specific
sales  representatives  and generate  sales  forecasts  based on that  activity.

                                       58
<PAGE>

Further,  our sales force automation system tracks all marketing  communications
with the prospect allowing us to measure the effectiveness of various collateral
materials  and  marketing  campaigns  in an effort  to  maximize  our  marketing
dollars. Lastly, our sales people use our sales force automation system to track
and manage their personal  sales  prospects and to send  customized  packages of
sales  literature,  brochures and faxes directly from their  computer  desktops,
thereby improving sales efficiency.

         CUSTOMERS

         We currently  provide  services to  approximately  700  customers  with
Bridge as our largest  customer.  We deliver Bridge content and  applications to
over 5,000 customers, including 45 of the top 50 brokerage firms in the U.S. and
75 of the top 100 banks in the world. Other than Bridge,
no individual  customer
accounted for more than 5% of our revenues  during the six months ended June 30,
1999.  We  also  provide  services  to  many  Internet  service   providers  and
Internet-centric  businesses.  The  following  is a list of some of our  largest
customers, other than Bridge, based on monthly billings for September 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                      <C>                                  <C>
CDM On-Line, Inc.                        Fastlane Communications, Inc.          Planet Digital Network Technologies, Inc.

CDNow, Inc.                              IMIGIS, Inc.

Charter Communications International,    InfoSpace.com, Inc.                    Sage Networks, Inc.
Inc.

ebay, Inc.                               Omron Electronics, Inc.                Vscape International, Inc.

Encyclopedia Brittanica, Inc.            Pentele Data Inc.                      Worknet Communications, Inc.

Everyones Internet, Inc.                                                        Ziplink, LLC
</TABLE>

         Our  contracts  with our customers are typically for one to three years
in length. The Bridge network services agreement is for ten years. See "--Bridge
Relationship."  Many of our customer contracts contain service level agreements,
or SLAs, that provide for service  credits should we fail to maintain  specified
levels of  quality.  For the six months  ended June 30,  1999,  we  incurred  de
minimis amounts of service credits.

         CUSTOMER SERVICE

         Our goal is to provide  the highest  level of  customer  service in the
industry.  We  believe  that  high  quality  customer  service  is  critical  to
attracting  new  customers  and to  satisfying  the rapidly  growing  networking
requirements of our existing customers.  Our comprehensive  approach to customer
service and satisfaction includes a focus on

o        providing written guarantees of service quality,

o        providing  services,  turnkey  solutions  or  fully  managed  solutions
         tailored to meet customer needs, and

o        providing  effective   management,   monitoring  and  support  for  our
         customers' data networks.

         We believe our network  architecture,  proprietary routing policies and
industry leading service level  agreements  provide our customers with very high
service quality.  We are able to offer our customers different levels of service
priority  for their  different  data

                                       59
<PAGE>

transmission needs over one high-quality global network. For example, e-commerce
and real-time  applications (such as voice) can be assigned the highest level of
quality of service, while other applications,  such as e-mail, can be assigned a
lower  priority of service.  By assigning  the highest  level of service only to
mission-critical  or real-time  applications,  customers can lower their overall
data services costs without compromising their networking requirements.

         Customer  Call  Centers.  Customer  support  personnel  located in call
centers in St. Louis,  Missouri,  London,  England and Singapore  handle service
inquiries  from our customers on a 24x365  basis,  provide this service in eight
local  languages,  are  organized  in client  teams and are  highly  trained  to
identify and resolve  customer issues rapidly and completely.  Our customer call
center  support  services are  supplied to us by Bridge  under a year  technical
services  agreement.  Bridge  reported  to us that in  September  1999  its call
centers answered an average of 6,000 calls per week,  maintained an average hold
time of under 15 seconds and  resolved  98% of customer  issues with  front-line
support  personnel.  To track trouble tickets and customer  information,  Bridge
uses a proprietary  management platform based on Vantive enterprise  software, a
highly  scalable  platform for problem  tracking and customer  record access and
maintenance  that  is  easily  accessible  by  personnel  at all of our  network
operations centers.  We use an integrated  client/circuit  information  database
that  allows our  customer  support  personnel  to quickly  access a  customer's
profile  from any of our  support  centers.  In our local  markets  we have also
contracted to have available to us over 270 field technicians who are experts in
IP,  Unix,  NT, and ISDN  technology  and who are  generally  able to respond to
customer requests within two hours.

         Management,  Monitoring and Maintenance.  We provide our customers with
detailed  monitoring,  reporting and management  tools that allow them to review
their usage patterns,  network availability,  outage events,  latency and packet
loss. These tools allow our customers to evaluate the performance of our service
against  our  service  level  guarantee  as  well  as  review   utilization  and
performance data to facilitate their network planning and design activities.

         Service Level Agreements.  The consistent,  reliable performance of the
SAVVIS  ProActive(SM)  Network  enables  us to  provide  effective  SLAs  to our
customers.  We believe that companies unable to support a commensurate  level of
predictable  network  performance will not be able to provide SLAs with value to
the customer or will do so at substantial risk to their own business.

SAVVIS PROACTIVE(SM) NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE

         OVERVIEW

         The SAVVIS  ProActive(SM)  Network is one of the largest  managed  data
networks  in the world,  reaching  47  countries,  with  facilities  in 75 major
cities,  including 53 international  cities and 22 U.S. cities.  Our network has
over 6,000 buildings on-net worldwide and is based on an ATM, frame relay and IP
architecture. In addition, our network incorporates eight PrivateNAPs(SM), which
will be expanded to 12 by March 2000,  allowing our  Internet  traffic to bypass
congested public Internet access points.

                                       60
<PAGE>

         We have designed our network to enable us to offer our  customers  high
speed, high quality, a range of quality of service levels and multiple levels of
redundancy. Our network is designed with:

         Open System Architectures.  Our network is based on an ATM, frame relay
and IP  architecture.  These are open systems  networking  protocols that are in
widespread use in data communications.  IP is the most commonly used and fastest
growing  networking  protocol in the world.  By carrying IP on our  network,  we
generally  allow our  customers  to connect to their  customers,  suppliers  and
remote  offices  using  equipment  already  installed in their  networks and the
networks to which they  connect.  Additionally,  by using ATM and frame relay in
our backbone,  we enhance network utilization and quality of service, and we are
able to easily communicate with third party networks for the delivery of traffic
on and off our network  without  procuring  special  interface  technologies  or
devices.

         Quality of Service Differentiation.  Our network architecture allows us
to offer and  guarantee  different  levels of service  priority  for  customers'
different  data  transmission  needs.  For  example,  e-commerce  and  real-time
applications,  such as voice,  can be assigned  the highest  level of  priority,
while other  applications,  such as e-mail,  can be assigned a lower priority of
service.  By  offering a quality of service  differentiated  product,  we enable
customers to select a  price/performance  combination  that is  appropriate  for
their  needs.  As we deploy  ATM in the first  quarter  of 2000 to the  customer
premise,  customers will be able to run multiple applications  (Internet access,
Bridge content, intranet, private voice, etc.) over the same equipment and local
loop, thereby saving on local network transport and equipment costs.

         High Reliability. We utilize multiple, redundant circuits, switches and
physical  locations  to  substantially  reduce the effects of a single  point of
failure  within our network.  This  redundancy,  combined with our switching and
routing equipment,  generally enables us to automatically reroute traffic when a
failure occurs,  resulting in higher overall network  performance and integrity.
Our  backbone  switches  also  incorporate  high  levels  of  equipment-specific
redundancies,  resulting in higher  levels of  availability  than those found in
basic routing platforms.  We also employ  uninterruptable  power supplies and/or
electric  generator back-ups at each switching  facility,  designed to limit the
impact of local power outages on our network.

         GLOBAL NETWORK COMPONENTS

         The components of our network include the following:

         Switching  Facilities.  We have  deployed over 175 Lucent ATM and frame
relay switches,  providing a highly  redundant  switch  backbone  throughout our
global network.  We have over 300 backbone routers  installed in our network and
have  approximately  10,000 Nortel  routers  located in office  buildings and on
Bridge's  customers'  premises.  Our switches are located in secure  facilities,
which provide highly  reliable,  direct access to high-speed  telecommunications
infrastructure.  In each switching facility,  we rent space,  install networking
equipment,  including ATM or frame relay switches, routers and high-speed analog
and digital modems.

         Backbone  Capacity.  Our  network is designed  with a highly  redundant
backbone  infrastructure,  including  diversely  routed long haul and local loop
connections from multiple  carriers.  We interconnect  our switching  facilities
through  high speed lines leased

                                       61
<PAGE>

from a variety of carriers, including Qwest Communications International,  Inc.,
MCI  WorldCom,  Inc. and IXC  Communications,  Inc. Our leased line  connections
range in capacity from DS-3s and OC-3s in the U.S., to fractional and full DS-1s
and DS-3s internationally.  To enhance our redundancy, we lease ATM service from
Sprint  Corporation.  This  service is  delivered  using the highest  quality of
service mode available and our service  connections  range in capacity from DS-3
through OC-12.  The combination of our leased lines and Sprint ATM service makes
our  transmission  backbone  fully  redundant so that at least two diverse paths
exist  between  all  of  our   switching   facilities.   The  "fault   tolerant"
configuration  of our network  allows data  packets to travel on many  alternate
paths to connect points on our network.

         PrivateNAPs(SM).  For our customers'  Internet  traffic,  we have built
private  network  access  points,  or  PrivateNAPs(SM),  where we connect to the
Internet  backbones  operated by Sprint  Corporation,  Cable & Wireless  plc and
UUNet  Technologies,  Inc. At each of our  PrivateNAPs(SM),  we are connected to
these  carriers  through  transit  agreements  that allow us to connect to their
Internet  networks for a monthly fee. Since we are a paying  customer of each of
these Internet backbone providers,  we believe we realize better response times,
installation intervals,  enhanced service levels and greater routing flexibility
than  Internet  service  providers  that rely  solely on free  public or private
peering arrangements. We currently operate eight PrivateNAPs(SM) in the U.S. and
plan to add four  additional  PrivateNAPs(SM)  in early 2000.  In  addition,  to
enhance our carrier redundancy,  at each of our  PrivateNAPs(SM),  we connect to
other Internet backbones through free peering arrangements. We have free peering
arrangements in place with AboveNet Communications,  Inc., DIGEX,  Incorporated,
Exodus Communications, Inc., Frontier GlobalCenter, Level 3 Communications, LLC,
PSINet Inc. and Williams  Communications  Group, Inc. These peering arrangements
allow for settlement-free, direct connections between networks, where local loop
charges are  generally  split evenly  between the  applicable  parties.  Smaller
Internet  service  providers  typically  connect to our network  through transit
agreements that allow them to connect to our network for a fee.

         Our PrivateNAP(SM)  architecture  combined with our proprietary routing
policies  enables  us to route  customer  traffic  directly  onto  the  Internet
backbone  of its  destination  for a  substantial  portion  of  global  Internet
addresses.  This network  architecture allows our customers' Internet traffic to
generally  bypass  congested  public  Internet  network access  points,  thereby
reducing data loss and latency and improving  reliability  and  performance.  In
addition,  customers directly  connected to the same  PrivateNAP(SM) get one-hop
access  when  communicating  with each other,  and two  customers  connected  to
different  PrivateNAPs(SM)  enjoy two-hop  access when  communicating  with each
other, in both cases completely bypassing the public Internet.

         Dial Access Platforms. We are currently deploying 25 Nortel dial access
platforms  in over 20 cities in the U.S.,  which we expect to have  completed by
the end of 1999.  By  mid-2000,  we  expect  to have  deployed  dial  access  in
approximately  100 U.S. cities,  increasing to approximately  300 U.S. cities by
the end of 2000. Our dial coverage will be supplemented by toll free dial access
where we do not have local  dial  access,  and by the end of 2000 the  platforms
will contain over 20,000 ports.

         Colocation.  We are in the  process  of  upgrading  and  expanding  our
Internet  colocation  facilities to over 250,000 square feet of space. We expect
to complete the upgrade and expansion during 2000 in Boston,  London,  New York,
St. Louis, Los Angeles,

                                       62
<PAGE>

San Francisco, Dallas, Chicago and Washington, D.C. All of these facilities will
be served by multiple  OC-48  carriers  for local loop  access.  Development  is
underway  to elevate  these  facilities  to  state-of-the-art  levels  with high
availability,  mission-critical  environments,  including  uninterruptable power
supplies,  back-up  generators,  fire  suppression,  separate  cooling zones and
seismically braced racks. These facilities will be accessible on a 24x365 basis,
both locally and remotely, and will have high levels of physical security. These
facilities  include two fully  redundant  colocation  facilities  in St.  Louis,
Missouri,   each  of  which  will  contain  approximately  90,000  square  feet,
approximately 60,000 of which will be subleased to Bridge.

         NETWORK OPERATIONS CENTER

         We have a global  network  operations  center in St.  Louis,  Missouri,
which operates on a 24x365 basis and is staffed by over 20 skilled  technicians.
We also have regional network operations centers, in London and Singapore. These
regional  centers operate for the 12 hours per day of peak business  activity in
their  respective  regions,  ensuring 24 hour backup for the St. Louis facility.
From our network operations centers, we are able to remotely monitor our network
components,  including our PrivateNAPs(SM),  and perform network diagnostics and
equipment  surveillance.  We use sophisticated,  proprietary  network management
platforms  based on the Lucent  NavisCore,  HP  OpenView,  and  Nortel  Optivity
programs to monitor and manage our switching facilities and our routers.

TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW

         Private  networks.  Private  networks  typically  comprise  a number of
private,  leased  lines that  interconnect  multiple  corporate  locations.  The
advantages of private lines include quality,  since capacity is reserved for the
exclusive  use of the  network  owner,  and  security,  since the  owner's  data
transmissions  are not commingled  with those of other  customers.  Private line
networks have been most popular in the U.S.,  where capacity  prices are lowest.
While private lines are typically  secure and reliable,  they do not use network
capacity  efficiently  and are not  flexible  or  scalable as changes in network
topology are implemented.

         Shared    networks.    Until    recently,    prices    for    long-haul
telecommunications  capacity  outside  of the U.S.,  particularly  international
capacity, were relatively expensive.  Since the advent of data networking,  only
users with extremely high capacity  requirements invested in private networks in
these  locations.  Most other users  employed  shared  networking  technologies,
whereby  multiple  corporate  locations  would be  interconnected  with the data
network of a major  telecommunications  carrier or value-added  network  service
provider for carriage to the appropriate destination.

         X.25 was an early open shared  network  protocol  that was  designed to
support  mission-critical  communications  over analog  networks.  X.25 has been
extremely  popular  outside  of the U.S.,  where  until  recently  private  line
networks  have  remained   expensive,   and  in  developing  markets  where  the
telecommunications  infrastructure  is sometimes  unreliable.  X.25 contemplates
extensive error detection and data recovery processes, which slows the effective
rate of transmission.

                                       63
<PAGE>

         Today,  ATM,  frame relay and IP are driving the  migration  of traffic
from private  line  networks to shared  networks and from legacy open  protocols
such as X.25 to newer architectures.

         Frame Relay. Frame relay evolved from X.25 networks and today is widely
used for  applications  such as LAN-to-LAN  communications.  Unlike X.25,  frame
relay does not perform any complex error detection or error recovery of data. As
a result,  it is a simpler  and faster  technology.  Frame  relay  circuits  are
effective to create a network of  interconnected  sites  because each site needs
only one link into the frame relay network to communicate  with all other sites.
Frame  relay  is less  costly  than  point-to-point  private  networks,  and its
software-defined  "virtual circuits" make it easier to alter network topology as
connectivity  requirements change. One limitation of the frame relay protocol is
its  application  for  real-time  services.  Frame relay packets are variable in
length, and as large data files transit the network they can cause delays at key
aggregation  and  switching  points,  often causing other traffic to be delayed.
These delays can  materially  degrade the quality of real-time  services such as
voice and video.

         ATM.  The  ATM  protocol  was  specifically  designed  to  support  the
transmission of all types of content,  including data,  video and voice,  over a
single network.  ATM is unique in its ability to prioritize cells to ensure that
real-time data takes priority over less time-sensitive  material when transiting
the network.  This enables service providers to offer service  guarantees with a
greater  degree of confidence  and  facilitates  the  introduction  of real-time
services that are difficult under other protocols.  Additionally, ATM data cells
are small and fixed in size,  facilitating  high speed switching at speeds up to
2.5 billion bits per second.  One limitation of ATM is that the benefits created
by the small, fixed nature of ATM cells also create  incremental  traffic on the
network.  Each cell requires its own identification and addressing  information,
which is repeated  in each of many  individual  ATM cells that  comprise a given
data  transmission.  The  replication  of this  "header"  information  generates
additional overhead for the network, requiring the network operator to provision
additional transmission capacity.

         IP. IP is a simple,  highly scalable protocol that is a core element of
the   architecture  of  the  Internet  and  can  be  used  across  most  network
technologies  in use today.  IP has also become the  communications  protocol of
choice for the desktop  and the LAN,  thus data  networking  over IP requires no
protocol conversion,  reducing overhead and improving performance.  The protocol
does not  distinguish  among  classes of  traffic,  which  limits its ability to
deliver real-time services.

         Our Solution.  We have built the SAVVIS  ProActive(SM)  Network to take
advantage of the rapid growth of IP in corporate  networks,  to offer  customers
the  ability  to run  multiple  applications  on a single  network  and to allow
customers  to choose the quality of service  level which best meets their needs.
By building  our network to run IP over ATM we allow our  customers  to overcome
the  limitations  of IP and  designate  the level of  priority to be accorded to
their traffic.

COMPETITION

         The market that we serve is  intensely  competitive.  We expect to face
significant  additional  competition in the future from existing competitors and
new market entrants.  Many of our competitors have greater financial,  technical
and marketing  resources,  larger

                                       64
<PAGE>

customer bases,  greater name recognition and more established  relationships in
the industries that we operate in than we do.

         We believe that a highly reliable network infrastructure, a broad range
of quality products and services, a knowledgeable sales force and the quality of
customer support are the primary  competitive factors in our targeted market and
that price is generally secondary to these factors. We believe that we currently
operate  one of the  largest  managed  IP/ATM  networks  in the  world  and  are
presently positioned to compete favorably with respect to most of these factors.
Our current and potential competitors in the market include:

         Data Networking  Companies.  Several data networking  companies such as
Equant N.V., Infonet Services Corporation,  Concert Management Services Inc. and
Global One offer data  networking  solutions  to business  customers  worldwide.
These services  include ATM and frame relay,  private line,  Internet access and
network  outsourcing.  These companies have  significant  experience in offering
tailored  services and market their  expertise in providing  these  services and
related  technology.  There are also a number of new  entrants,  such as Digital
Island Inc.,  that are  targeting  specific  niches to deliver  customers'  data
traffic worldwide.

         Internet Service  Providers.  Our current and potential  competitors in
the market  include  Internet  service  providers  with a significant  regional,
national or global presence  targeting business  customers,  such as Apex Global
Information Services, Inc., AT&T Corp., GTE Internetworking, ICG Communications,
Inc.,  Intermedia  Communications  Inc., PSINet Inc., Sprint Corporation,  UUNet
Technologies,  Inc., Concentric Network Corporation and Verio Inc. Many of these
companies are developing  Internet based virtual private  network  services that
attempt  to  replicate  some or all of the  functionality  of our  managed  data
networking services.

         Telecommunications Carriers. Many large carriers, including AT&T Corp.,
British  Telecommunications  plc,  Cable & Wireless  plc,  MCI  WorldCom,  Inc.,
Deutsche  Telekom AG and Sprint  Corporation  offer data networking and Internet
access services. They compete with us by bundling various services such as local
and long distance voice, data transmission, and video services to their business
customers.  We believe  that there is a move toward  horizontal  integration  by
telecommunications companies through acquisitions of or joint ventures with ISPs
to meet  the  Internet  access  and data  networking  requirements  of  business
customers. Accordingly, we expect to experience increased competition from these
telecommunications carriers

         Other  Competitors.  Because  we offer a broad  range of  services,  we
encounter competition from numerous businesses which provide one or more similar
services.  For  example,  we expect to  compete  with  companies  such as Exodus
Communications,  Inc., Qwest Communications  International Inc., Global Crossing
Ltd.,  DIGEX,  Incorporated and Level 3  Communications,  Inc. in the colocation
facilities market.

BRIDGE RELATIONSHIP

         In _____,  1999, we acquired Bridge's network and entered into a number
of agreements with Bridge.

                                       65
<PAGE>

         Master Establishment and Transition Agreement. The master establishment
and transition  agreement  transferred  Bridge's  global IP network to us. Under
this  agreement,  a Bridge  subsidiary  that owned all of Bridge's U.S.  network
assets  transferred them to one of our  subsidiaries.  The transfers of non-U.S.
assets will be effected  under local  transfer  agreements to be entered into by
the appropriate Bridge and SAVVIS subsidiaries.

         The  transfer  of  several  portions  of the  Bridge  network  required
contractual  consents  from  certain of Bridge's  counterparties  or  regulatory
approvals in certain  jurisdictions  which,  as of the closing date, had not yet
been  obtained.  Bridge will continue to own and operate  those  portions of the
network  while we continue  to seek the  appropriate  consent.  Under the master
establishment  and  transition  agreement,   once  the  requisite  consents  and
approvals have been acquired in each jurisdiction, we will have an obligation to
purchase the assets from Bridge in that  jurisdiction.  Until such time,  Bridge
will operate the facilities on our behalf for an agreed upon  compensation.  Our
obligation   to   acquire    these   assets    expires   upon   the   later   of
___________________, 2009, or expiration of the network services agreement.

         Under this  agreement,  we have become  responsible for all liabilities
associated with Bridge's IP network other than  contractual  liabilities  solely
attributable  to goods or services  delivered prior to the transfer from Bridge.
Bridge  makes  certain  limited  representations  in the  agreement  relating to
corporate  authority,  title and existence of the assets being  transferred,  as
well as that the transfer is of the entire  network,  other than the assets that
could not be  transferred,  and that the network is in  compliance  with certain
operational standards contained in the network services agreement. The agreement
further provides that we will indemnify Bridge for certain  representations  and
warranties and with respect to our responsibility for our assumed liabilities.

         Network  Services  Agreement.  Under the  network  services  agreement,
Bridge has agreed to use our network for the collection and  distribution of the
financial  information  provided  by Bridge to its  customers  and for  Bridge's
internal  managed data network needs through  ______,  2009. For the first three
years of the agreement,  Bridge is required to pay to us annual  payments of $__
million, subject to certain adjustments, for use of our network as it existed on
the date Bridge  transferred  it to us. The agreement  also provides for pricing
adjustments as Bridge's customer base and networking needs change,  including as
Bridge continues to convert  customers from legacy protocols to IP. In addition,
Bridge has agreed to purchase at least $__ million of network  services  from us
each year for the 10-year term of the agreement.

         We will charge Bridge for additional bandwidth and additional customers
based on the price prevailing at the time the new service is ordered.  Additions
to the  existing  network  will be  charged at a rate  established  on an annual
basis.  If we and Bridge  cannot  agree on this annual  rate,  and Bridge  still
desires  for us to  provide  such  service,  then we will  submit  prices  to an
independent arbitrator who will assign the price quoted by the party that in the
arbitrator's  opinion  came  closest to quoting a fair  market  price.  In those
instances  where the  addition  is  outside  of the  existing  network,  we will
negotiate  the terms of such  expansion  with  Bridge on a  case-by-case  basis,
including any  additional  charges to be paid to us by Bridge to defray the cost
of such expansion.  Again, if we cannot reach agreement with Bridge,  and Bridge
still desires for us to provide such  service,  then we will

                                       66
<PAGE>

submit prices to an  independent  arbitrator who will assign the price quoted by
the party that in the arbitrator's opinion came closest to quoting a fair market
price.

         Bridge  has  agreed  that  during  the  term  of the  network  services
agreement  and for a period of three  years  after  that term,  Bridge  will not
compete with us anywhere in the world in providing packet-data transport network
services,  other  than  investments  in a  competitor  not to exceed 10% of that
competitor.  If Bridge  seeks to solicit  offers from other  providers  for data
networking services,  we have a right of first offer to negotiate with Bridge to
provide any new services that Bridge desires. If Bridge and we do not agree on a
price, we also have the right to meet any new third-party offer.

         If there is a change  in the  controlling  interest  in  SAVVIS,  which
includes the  acquisition by a single party of more than 50% of the voting power
of  SAVVIS  or  of  substantially  all  of  SAVVIS'  assets,  or if  there  is a
liquidation  or  dissolution  of  SAVVIS,  then  Bridge  will  have the right to
terminate the network services agreement.

         We also agree that the network will perform in accordance  with certain
quality of service standards.

         Equipment  Colocation  Permit.  Certain  purchased  network  assets are
located in premises currently leased by Bridge. Bridge has agreed to allow us to
colocate  this  equipment  in these  premises.  We will be  entitled to keep our
equipment  in  those  locations  for a  period  of  time  coterminous  with  the
underlying  rights which Bridge has to such facility,  subject to the receipt of
any  required  landlord  consents.  Our costs for this  space will be a total of
$____________ per year.

         Technical  Services  Agreement.  Pursuant  to  the  technical  services
agreement,  Bridge  provides  us with  certain  services,  including  help  desk
support,  installation,  maintenance and repair of equipment,  customer  related
services such as processing service orders and provisioning interconnection, and
managing  the  colocation  of  third-party  equipment  in our  facilities.  This
agreement will remain in effect so long as the network services  agreement is in
effect. Rates for the services provided under this agreement are fixed for three
years. Thereafter, we will negotiate new rates and if we and Bridge cannot agree
on new rates,  then we will submit prices to an independent  arbitrator who will
assign  the price  quoted by the party  that in the  arbitrator's  opinion  came
closest to quoting a fair market price.

         Administrative  Services  Agreement.  For a period of three years,  and
from then on from year to year  until  Bridge or we  terminate  this  agreement,
Bridge will provide us with certain administrative  services,  including payroll
and certain accounting functions, benefit management and the provision of office
space. We have the right to take over one or more of these functions  before the
termination  of the  agreement.  Bridge will  charge us for these  services in a
manner which is intended to permit  Bridge to recover the costs of providing the
services, but without any profit.

         Local Network Access Agreement. In certain non-U.S. jurisdictions,  the
charges which we pay for the local circuit between our distribution frame, which
usually is located in a central office of the local telecommunications provider,
and the  Bridge  customer  premises,  will be  charged  back to Bridge at a rate
intended to recover our costs.

                                       67
<PAGE>

         Promissory Note. We paid for the Bridge network assets partially with a
five-year   promissory  note.  The  promissory  note  bears  interest,   payable
semi-annually,  at a rate  of  10%  per  annum  and is  subordinated  to  senior
indebtedness. Principal will be payable at maturity.

REGULATORY MATTERS

         As with any provider of global networking and Internet access services,
we face  regulatory and market access  barriers in various  countries  resulting
from restrictive  laws,  policies and licensing  requirements.  In our six major
markets,  which  consist of the United  States,  the  United  Kingdom,  Germany,
France,  Italy and Japan,  our current and planned data  networking and Internet
access  services  are now open to  competition,  and in some cases no license is
required.  We believe  that we are  authorized  to provide data  networking  and
Internet  access  services  as an  independent  operator  under  the  applicable
telecommunications regulations in all of our major markets, except that in Japan
we are currently authorized to provide data networking services only to Bridge.

         In most other countries that we believe represent  significant  revenue
potential,  our current and planned data networking and Internet access services
are now open to  competition,  although in most cases a license is required.  In
some of these  countries,  we are authorized to provide our data  networking and
Internet access services to Bridge and third parties.  However, in the remainder
of these countries,  we are authorized to offer data networking services only to
Bridge,  or to offer only data  networking  services,  but not  Internet  access
services, to Bridge and third parties.

         In addition, we face regulatory and market access barriers in countries
in which we do not operate but in which we have an  obligation  to purchase  the
Bridge   IP   network   assets   that  we  have  not   already   acquired.   See
"Business--Bridge Relationship." These Bridge network assets generally could not
be  transferred  to  us  as  part  of  the  Bridge  asset  transfer  because  of
telecommunications licensing or other regulatory requirements.

         We are in the process of seeking regulatory approvals in some countries
to offer  additional  services or to offer services to third parties.  We cannot
assure you that we will obtain any of these approvals.

         WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND ITS IMPLICATIONS

         On February  15, 1997,  69  countries  at the World Trade  Organization
reached  an  agreement  to  liberalize  market  access  and  introduce  national
treatment  in  basic  telecommunications  services.  Since  then,  two of the 69
participants  have  submitted  improved basic  telecommunications  schedules and
three  World  Trade  Organization   members  who  did  not  participate  in  the
negotiations   have  submitted   commitments,   bringing  the  total  number  of
governments with basic telecommunications schedules to 72. In February 1998, the
results of the World Trade Organization  negotiations on market access for basic
telecommunications  services  formally  entered into force and became binding on
the signatory countries.

         Despite the World Trade Organization  agreement,  regulatory  obstacles
continue to exist in a number of  signatory  countries.  First,  some  signatory
countries made only limited  commitments in terms of the services that they were
willing to  liberalize  and the  timeframe  in which they were willing to do so.
Second,  some less  developed  signatory

                                       68
<PAGE>

countries are not well prepared for competition or for effectively  regulating a
liberalized market;  gaining the requisite experience and expertise is likely to
be a long and difficult process.  Finally, even in liberalized countries,  there
remains  considerable   "post-liberalization  red  tape,"  such  as  complicated
licensing rules,  certain foreign  ownership  limits,  high fees and undeveloped
competition and interconnection safeguards.

         Corporate Presence.  In a number of jurisdictions,  we are permitted to
provide data  networking or Internet  access  services to local  customers  only
after  first   establishing  a  corporate   presence,   by  way  of  either  the
incorporation of a subsidiary or the registration of a branch or  representative
office.  It is our  policy to  establish  such a local  presence  in each of the
jurisdictions where such a presence is legally required.

         REGULATORY ANALYSIS BY SERVICE TYPE

         Data  Networking  Services.  The core of our data  networking  services
business is the  provision  of managed  data  networking  services to  corporate
customers.  The managed data  networking  services that we provide are generally
characterized  as  data  transmission  services  or  value  added  services  for
licensing  purposes.  We are authorized by law or by license (either  individual
license  or  a  general  authorization  obtainable  by  simple  notification  or
declaration  by an automatic  "class"  license) to provide these services in the
foreign countries in which we generate  significant revenue from data networking
services. In the European Union member countries,  such services may be provided
upon,  at most,  the  satisfaction  of a simple  registration,  notification  or
authorization procedure.

         Internet Access Services.  The Internet access services that we provide
generally  do not require any  authorization  beyond  those we already  hold for
managed data networking services and value added services.  However, because the
regulation of Internet access is ill-defined or in flux in some countries, there
is a risk that  customers  are using our  network  to  access  the  Internet  in
countries that may prohibit, or wish to prohibit, such access. We may limit this
risk by  discontinuing  such access if measures are taken or  threatened  by the
pertinent authorities to restrict the use of our network for Internet access.

         SUBSTANTIVE REGULATION IN KEY MARKETS

         The  regulatory  regimes  applicable  to our six major  markets,  which
consist of the United States,  the United Kingdom,  Germany,  France,  Italy and
Japan, as well as that of the European Union, are summarized below.

         United  States.  The  regulatory  framework  governing the provision of
telecommunications  services in the United States permits us to offer all of our
current  and  planned  data  networking   services  without   significant  legal
constraints.  We may  provide  these  services  either  on a  resale  basis or a
facilities   basis.  To  the  extent  that  a  future  service   requires  prior
authorization,  either by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, or by a
state public utility  commission,  we believe there is no significant  risk that
such an application  would be denied or would face processing  delays that would
have a material adverse effect on us.

         Nevertheless,  services  offered over the Internet or using IP protocol
may present  distinct  regulatory  issues,  as is also the case in the  European
Union. The regulatory classification and treatment of some of these services has
not been resolved  authoritatively in the United States, and it is possible that
certain Internet-related services will be subject


                                       69
<PAGE>

to prior  authorization and to as yet undefined terms and conditions under which
such authorizations may be granted.

         The provision of basic telecommunications  services on a common carrier
basis is subject to  regulation  in the United  States.  An entity that provides
such services on a common  carrier  basis is classified as a  telecommunications
carrier.  Interstate and  international  common carrier  services  provided by a
telecommunications  carrier are subject to the FCC's jurisdiction under Title II
of the Communications Act. Intrastate telecommunications services are subject to
regulation by the relevant state Public Utility Commission.

         We  believe   that  our  products  and  services  are  not  subject  to
regulation,  but  there is some risk  that the FCC or a state  commission  could
determine that our products and services should require  specific  authorization
or other regulations. If that were to be the case, these regulatory requirements
could include prior authorization  requirements,  tariffing requirements and the
payment  of  contributions  to  federal  and  state-created  subsidy  mechanisms
applicable  to  providers  of   telecommunications   services.   Some  of  these
contributions  would  be  required  whether  or  not  we  would  be  subject  to
authorization or tariff requirements.

         There also is some  uncertainty  about the  regulatory  status of voice
services  provided on  packet-switched,  IP networks.  If we were to offer voice
services in the future,  there is some risk that those services could be subject
to  regulation  and that  those  services  could be treated  similarly  to voice
services  provided over  conventional  circuit-switched  network  facilities for
purposes of making  payments to local  telephone  companies for  origination and
termination of calls and for other purposes.

         European  Union.  In the  last  ten  years,  the EU has  established  a
comprehensive  and  flexible   regulatory   system,   culminating  in  the  full
liberalization of  telecommunication  networks and services effective on January
1, 1998.  By that date,  10 EU member  countries  were required to adopt a fully
liberalized  telecommunications  regime.  These countries are Austria,  Belgium,
Denmark,  Finland,  France, Germany, Italy,  Netherlands,  Sweden and the United
Kingdom.   The  remaining  EU  member  countries  were  allowed  to  delay  full
liberalization of their telecommunications regime until December 1, 1998, in the
case of Spain, and January 1, 2000 in the case of Luxembourg,  Ireland, Portugal
and Greece.  Currently, only Greece and Portugal do not have a fully liberalized
telecommunications regime.

         The process of opening up the telecommunications  markets in the EU was
achieved through EU legislation called  directives.  Directives are addressed to
and binding on EU member countries and require implementation into national law.
There are two types of EU  Directives  relating  to  telecommunications:  first,
directives  adopted by the European  Commission aimed at liberalizing EU markets
and, second, directives adopted by the European Council aimed at ensuring that a
minimum set of harmonized rules, to ensure fair competition,  applies throughout
the EU. All 15 EU member  countries were obligated to incorporate the principles
contained in these directives into their respective  domestic legal  frameworks.
However, the impact of the EU directives has been affected in some cases by late
or  inadequate  implementation,  as well  as the  irregular  enforcement  by the
domestic regulatory authorities of some EU member states.

                                       70
<PAGE>

         United  Kingdom.  The  Telecommunications  Act  of  1984  provides  the
regulatory  framework  for the provision of  telecommunications  services in the
United  Kingdom.  The  authorization  regime  established by this act is largely
infrastructure  based  (i.e.,  "systems"  are  licensed,  with  licenses for the
provision of specific  services being the exception),  and is based on licenses,
rather than regulations or other generally applicable instruments. There are two
broad types of licenses,  individual and class.  Finally, with minor exceptions,
regulatory  treatment  under  this act does not  hinge on  whether  the  license
applies to data or voice.

         We  provide  our  managed  data  networking  services  and value  added
services on an international  basis under the  telecommunication  services class
license.  This license  authorizes  the provision of  telecommunications  of any
description,   other  than  international   switched  voice,   broadcasting  and
conditional  access  services.   This  license  allows  the  connection  of  the
licensee's  telecommunications  system to essentially any other licensed system,
and allows the  commercial  supply of  services to third  parties  from up to 20
premises.   Internet   access   services   are   not   subject   to   additional
service-specific regulation.

         Germany.   The   legal   framework   for   the   deregulation   in  the
telecommunications  sector in Germany was transformed by the  Telecommunications
Act of 1996,  which  became  effective on August 1, 1996,  and its  implementing
ordinances adopted since then. This act has liberalized most  telecommunications
services, subject to a licensing regime that is fundamentally in conformity with
European  Community law.  However,  some  telecommunications  services,  such as
asynchronous  DSL,  are not  liberalized.  Nevertheless,  our  existing  service
portfolio of managed data  networking  services and value added  services can be
provided in Germany upon  notifying the  regulatory  authorities,  which we have
done.

         France.  The legal  framework for regulation in the  telecommunications
sector in France was transformed by the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996,  which
became  effective on July 28, 1996, and subsequent  decrees on  interconnection,
universal  service,  numbering,  licensing  and  rights-of-way.   This  act  has
liberalized most telecommunications services, subject to a licensing regime that
is fundamentally in conformity with European  Community law. The data networking
services we provide, whether managed data networking services or Internet access
services, currently do not require any form of authorization.

         Italy.  Pursuant  to Law  No.  103/1995  and  subsequent  decrees,  the
provision of telecommunications  services in Italy is subject to the granting of
two  specific   authorizations   from  the  Ministry  of   Communications.   One
authorization is in respect of provision of telecommunications  services through
direct access to the public network (including, for example, Internet services),
and one  authorization  is in respect  of  provision  of packet - and  circuit -
switched  data services or simple  resale of capacity  (including,  for example,
data  transmission).  For the provision of  telecommunications  services through
switched  access to the public  network a notice must be filed with the Ministry
of Communication.  Voice telephony and  telecommunications  infrastructures  are
subject  to an  individual  license.  We are in the  process  of filing  the two
requests for authorization.

         Japan.  The legal  framework for  regulation in the  telecommunications
sector in Japan is the  Telecommunications  Business  Law.  This law  requires a
special  type 2 license  if a  company  makes  its  international  communication
facility, including privately leased international lines, available to any third
party for the purpose of telecommunication by

                                       71
<PAGE>

that third party. In this context, the term "telecommunication"  encompasses the
act of data  transmission.  Accordingly,  if the  Japanese  entity  provides its
customers  access to an overseas  database  through its leased lines, it will be
required to obtain a special type 2 license.  However, if a Japanese entity were
to replicate the database in Japan and permit access to the database from within
the country,  the  Telecommunications  Business Act would not apply, even if all
the  information  were  transmitted  directly to the  database  from an overseas
parent or subsidiary.  Under the  Telecommunications  Business Act,  information
transfers  exclusively  between  the parent and its  subsidiary  are exempt from
licensing.  Moreover,  if the Japanese entity provides  Internet access services
directly or indirectly  through the local Internet access  providers that hold a
type 1 license or a special type 2 license, it will only be required to obtain a
general  type 2 license.  We are in the process of applying for a special type 2
license.

         REGULATORY ASSESSMENT OF OTHER MARKETS

         Europe (excluding EU member countries). Telecommunications services are
liberalized  in varying  degrees in  European  countries  that are not EU member
countries.  As a matter  of  practice,  Switzerland  and  Norway  conform  their
regulatory  frameworks to the EU model. By contrast, in Hungary, upon filing the
necessary  notification,  a foreign owned  subsidiary  may provide  limited data
networking  services to a defined group and, upon receipt of necessary licenses,
may  provide  Internet  access  services.  In  Poland,  however,  minimum  local
ownership  requirements  limit  greatly the extent to which data  networking  or
Internet access services may be provided.

         Asia (excluding  Japan).  Regulatory  regimes vary greatly in character
throughout  Asia.  At the  liberalized  end  of the  range,  countries  such  as
Australia and New Zealand have liberalized  policies that require no licenses to
provide data networking and Internet access services.  Other countries,  such as
Japan and Taiwan,  are open to  competition,  but require  service  providers to
comply  with  extensive  licensing  procedures.  At the  more  restrictive  end,
countries  such as Indonesia  and India  require some minimum  level of domestic
ownership in order to provide data networking and Internet access services.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

         We rely on a combination of patent, copyright,  trademark, trade secret
and  other  intellectual  property  law,  nondisclosure   agreements  and  other
protective  measures to protect our proprietary  technology.  We also enter into
confidentiality  and  invention  assignment  agreements  with our  employees and
consultants   and  control  access  to  and   distribution  of  our  proprietary
information.  Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary  rights,  departing
employees and other unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain
and use our products and technology. Monitoring unauthorized use of our products
and  technology  is  difficult,  and we cannot be certain that the steps we have
taken will prevent  misappropriation of our technology,  particularly in foreign
countries where the laws may not protect our  proprietary  rights as fully as in
the United States.

EMPLOYEES

         As of October 31, 1999, we employed 195 full-time  persons,  56 of whom
were engaged in engineering,  operations and customer service,  112 in sales and
marketing,  and 27 in  finance  and  administration.  None of our  employees  is
represented by a labor union,

                                       72
<PAGE>

and we have not experienced any work stoppages to date. We consider our employee
relations to be good.

FACILITIES

         Our  executive  offices are located in Reston,  Virginia and consist of
approximately 10,500 square feet that are leased under an agreement that expires
in 2004. We lease facilities for our network  operations  center,  sales offices
and network  equipment in a number of metropolitan  areas and specific cites. We
also lease approximately 10,000 square feet from Bridge in St. Louis,  Missouri.
We are  negotiating  a ten and a half  year  lease  for an  80,000  square  foot
facility  in  Herndon,  Virginia to house our  executive  management,  sales and
marketing personnel and our Washington,  D.C. Internet colocation  facility.  We
believe  that our existing  facilities,  including  the  additional  space,  are
adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or alternative space
will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms as needed.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         From time to time, we may be involved in litigation  relating to claims
arising out of our ordinary course of business. We are not currently involved in
any material legal proceedings.

                                       73
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         The  following  table  shows the names  and ages of our  directors  and
executive officers and the positions they hold with our company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 NAME                                 AGE                                POSITION
                 ----                                 ---                                --------

<S>                                                  <C>       <C>
Robert McCormick........................               34        Acting President and Chief Executive Officer and
                                                                 Chairman of the Board

Ian D. Brown............................               30        Executive Vice President-- Sales and Marketing
                                                                 Communications

Richard Bubenik.........................               38        Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer

David J. Frear..........................               43        Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                                                                 Director

James D. Mori...........................               44        Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Steven M. Gallant.......................               40        Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Clyde A. Heintzelman....................               61        Director

Thomas E. McInerney.....................               58        Director

Patrick J. Welsh........................               56        Director

Thomas M. Wendel........................               63        Director
</TABLE>

     ROBERT  MCCORMICK  has served as Chairman of our board of  directors  since
April  1999.  He has also  served as our Acting  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer  since  November 11,  1999.  He is Executive  Vice  President  and Chief
Technical  Officer  of  Bridge,  and has held  various  engineering,  design and
development  positions at Bridge since  joining  Bridge in 1988.  Mr.  McCormick
attended the University of Colorado at Boulder.

     IAN D.  BROWN  has  served as our  Executive  Vice  President  -- Sales and
Marketing  Communications  since August 1998. From August 1997 to July 1998, Mr.
Brown  served as Vice  President  of  Business  Internet  Connectivity  Sales at
Intermedia  Communications.  From August 1995 to August 1997,  he served as Vice
President of Sales at DIGEX Incorporated,  a national Internet services provider
that was acquired by Intermedia Communications,  Inc. in July 1996. From October
1992 to July 1995, Mr. Brown was employed by Intercom Systems where he served as
Director of Sales.  Mr. Brown received a B.S., cum laude,  in Political  Science
from Shepherd College.

     RICHARD  BUBENIK joined us in December 1996 and has served as our Executive
Vice President


                                       74
<PAGE>


and Chief Technical Officer since July 1999. Dr. Bubenik served as our Assistant
Vice  President  --  Engineering  from  December  1996 to September  1997,  Vice
President  --  Engineering  from  October  1997 to April  1999 and  Senior  Vice
President Network Engineering from April 1999 to July 1999. Prior to joining us,
Dr.  Bubenik  was a Software  Development  manager for Ascom  Nexion,  a network
switch/router  equipment supplier. Dr. Bubenik holds a Ph.D. in Computer Science
from Rice University,  M.S. and B.S. degrees in Computer Science from Washington
University  and  a  B.S.  degree  in  Electrical   Engineering  from  Washington
University.

     DAVID J.  FREAR  has  served  as our  Executive  Vice  President  and Chief
Financial  Officer  since July  1999,  and as a director  of our  company  since
October 1999.  Mr. Frear was an  independent  consultant  from August 1998 until
June 1999.  From October 1993 to July 1998,  Mr. Frear was Senior Vice President
and Chief  Financial  Officer of Orion  Network  Systems  Inc., a Nasdaq  listed
international satellite  communications company that was acquired by Loral Space
&  Communications  in March  1998.  Mr.  Frear was Chief  Financial  Officer  of
Millicom  Incorporated,  a Nasdaq listed international cellular paging and cable
television company, from 1990 to 1993. He previously was an investment banker at
Bear,  Stearns & Co., Inc. and Credit Suisse.  Mr. Frear received his C.P.A.  in
1979 and received an M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

     JAMES D.  MORI  has  served  as our  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief
Operating Officer since October 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Mori was employed
by Sprint  Corporation as National  Account Manager (from April 1987 to December
1989),  Branch  Manager (from  January 1990 to December  1991),  Regional  Sales
Director (from January 1992 to March 1996),  Vice President -- Sales (from March
1996 to February  1997) and Area Director  (from February 1997 to October 1999).
From January 1980 to March 1987, Mr. Mori served as National  Account Manager of
Digital Equipment  Corporation,  Southwestern Bell and AT&T Information Systems.
Mr. Mori  received a B.S.  in Business  Administration  from the  University  of
Missouri.

     STEVEN M.  GALLANT has served as our Vice  President,  General  Counsel and
Secretary  since December  1996.  Prior to joining us, Mr. Gallant was a partner
with The  Stolar  Partnership  where he  specialized  in the areas of  corporate
finance,  mergers  and  acquisitions  and general  corporate  law.  Mr.  Gallant
received a B.A. from the University of Denver, a J.D. from Washington University
and an L.L.M. in Taxation from New York University.

     CLYDE A. HEINTZELMAN has served as a director of our company since December
1998. He served as our President and Chief Executive  Officer from December 1998
to November 10, 1999. From May 1995 to December 1998, Mr.  Heintzelman served as
Chief Operating Officer and President of DIGEX  Incorporated.  From January 1995
to April 1995, he was a consultant. In January 1992, he participated in founding
CSI, a company focused on building  hardware and software  products for switched
wide area  networks  using ISDN  technology,  and from  January 1992 to December
1994, he served as Vice  President -- Sales & Marketing of CSI. Mr.  Heintzelman
serves as a director of Optelecom,  Inc., a Nasdaq listed company,  and Net-2000
and TCS, both private companies.  Mr.  Heintzelman  received a B.A. in Marketing
from the University of Delaware.

     THOMAS E.  MCINERNEY  has served as a director of our company since October
1999. Mr. McInerney has served as a general partner of Welsh, Carson, Anderson &
Stowe, a private equity firm that is a principal stockholder of our company, and
other associated  partnerships,  since 1987. Prior to joining Welsh Carson,  Mr.
McInerney was President and Chief Executive  Officer of Dama  Telecommunications
Corporation,   a  voice  and  data  communications  services  company  which  he
co-founded  in 1982.  Mr.  McInerney  has also been  President of the  Brokerage
Services Division and later Group Vice President -



                                       75
<PAGE>

Financial Services of ADP, with  responsibility for the ADP divisions that serve
the  securities,   commodities,  bank,  thrift  and  electronic  funds  transfer
industries.  He has also  held  positions  with  the  American  Stock  Exchange,
Citibank  and  American  Airlines.  Mr.  McInerney is a director of Mede America
Corporation,  The BISYS Group,  Inc.,  Centennial  Cellular  Corp.,  The Cerplex
Group, Inc. and Spectra Site Holdings,  Inc. He is also a director of Bridge and
several other private  companies.  Mr. McInerney  received a B.A. from St. Johns
University,  and  attended  New York  University  Graduate  School  of  Business
Administration.

     PATRICK  J. WELSH has served as a director  of our  company  since  October
1999. Mr. Welsh was a co-founder of Welsh Carson, a principal stockholder of our
company,  and has  served as a general  partner of Welsh  Carson and  affiliated
entities  since 1979.  Prior to 1979,  Mr. Welsh was president and a director of
Citicorp  Venture  Capital,  Ltd.,  an affiliate of Citicorp  engaged in venture
capital   investing.   Mr.  Welsh  serves  as  a  director  of  Accredo  Health,
Incorporated.  He also serves as a director of Bridge and several  other private
companies.  Mr. Welsh received a B.A. from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from
the University of California at Los Angeles.

     THOMAS M. WENDEL has served as a director of our company  since April 1999.
He has been Chairman of the Board of Bridge since  January  1996,  and President
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of Bridge  since  September  1995.  From 1986 to
September  1995,  Mr.  Wendel served as founding  President and Chief  Executive
Officer  of Liberty  Brokerage,  Inc.,  a United  States  government  securities
brokerage firm.  From 1982 to 1986 Mr. Wendel was with Paine Webber Inc.,  where
he held several senior  management  positions  including Chief Financial Officer
and head of Operations  and Systems.  Mr.  Wendel also served as Executive  Vice
President  and Managing  Director of Paine Webber where he was  responsible  for
investment  banking involving  thrifts and commercial banks,  mortgage sales and
trading,  and  mortgage  banking.  Prior to 1982,  Mr.  Wendel was  Senior  Vice
President and Chief  Financial  Officer of Pan American World Airways.  While at
Pan American, he also held several senior management positions including overall
responsibility for Data Systems and Communications,  Airline Planning,  Property
and Facilities,  Corporate Budgets,  Treasury,  Accounting,  Aircraft Sales, and
Office Services.  Mr. Wendel holds a B.S. in Mathematics,  an M.A. in Economics,
an M.B.A.,  and several  academic honors  including Phi Kappa Phi and a National
Defense Graduate Fellowship in Mathematics. He was the co-author of Introduction
to Data Processing and COBOL published by McGraw-Hill in 1969.

     Members  of our board of  directors  are  elected  each year at our  annual
meeting of stockholders, and serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders
and until their  respective  successors  have been  elected and  qualified.  Our
officers are elected annually by our board of directors and serve at the board's
discretion.

AGREEMENT WITH DIRECTOR

     On November 9, 1999, we entered into an agreement  with Mr.  Heintzelman in
connection with his resignation as our President and Chief Executive  Officer as
of November 10, 1999.  Pursuant to the agreement,  Mr. Heintzelman has agreed to
serve on our board of directors for a one-year term that will expire in November
of 2000. See "--Arrangements with Executive."


COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Our  board  of  directors  has   established  an  audit   committee  and  a
compensation  committee.  The audit committee consists  of  Thomas E. McInerney,
Patrick  J.  Welsh  and  Thomas M.  Wendel.  The  responsibilities  of the audit
committee include:

          o    recommending to our board of directors an independent  audit firm
               to audit our financial statements and to perform services related
               to the audit;

          o    reviewing the scope and results of the audit with our independent
               auditors;

                                       76
<PAGE>

          o    considering  the  adequacy  of our  internal  accounting  control
               procedures; and

          o    considering auditors' independence.

     The   compensation   committee   determines   the  salaries  and  incentive
compensation  of our  management  and key  employees and  administers  our stock
option plan.  The  compensation  committee  consists of Thomas E.  McInerney and
Robert McCormick.

COMPENSATION INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

         During the last fiscal year, no member of our board of directors served
as an officer or employee of our company or any of our subsidiaries  prior to or
while  serving on our  compensation  committee.  In 1998,  none of our executive
officers served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another
entity,  any of whose executive  officers served on our board of directors or on
our compensation committee.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

         Directors  currently do not receive any cash  compensation  from us for
their services, although we reimburse them for out-of-pocket expenses related to
attending meetings of the board of directors.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following table provides you with information about compensation we
paid  to our  Chief  Executive  Officers  and to the  other  three  most  highly
compensated  executive  officers  employed by us as of December 31, 1998,  whose
salaries  and bonuses for such year were in excess of $100,000 on an  annualized
basis. We use the term "named executive  officers" to refer to these officers in
this prospectus.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 LONG-TERM
                                                                                              COMPENSATION
                                                                                                  AWARDS
                                                            ANNUAL COMPENSATION                 SECURITIES
                                                         -------------------------          UNDERLYING STOCK
                                                         SALARY             BONUS                OPTIONS
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION
<S>                                                   <C>                <C>                    <C>
Clyde A. Heintzelman (1).......................         $ 18,909             --                   77,834
Martin C. Sanderson (2)........................         $190,000             --                    6,131
Robert B. Murphy, Jr. (3)......................         $140,000           $99,000                 5,431
Michael E. Gaddis (4)..........................         $142,000           $70,000                 5,518
Andrew G. Gladney (5)..........................         $150,000             --                    6,103
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1)  Mr.  Heintzelman  became  our  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  in
     December 1998. He resigned from these positions on November 10, 1999.
(2)  Mr.  Sanderson  served as our President and Chief  Executive  Officer until
     October 1998.
(3)  Mr.  Murphy  served as our Executive  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial
     Officer until April 1999.
(4)  Mr.  Gaddis  served as our Executive  Vice  President  and Chief  Technical
     Officer until July 1999.
(5)  Mr. Gladney served as our Vice President - Marketing until January 1999.

                                       77
<PAGE>

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

         As a result of our  acquisition  by Bridge  in April  1999,  all of the
options to purchase  shares of our common stock  outstanding at that time vested
and were converted into the right to purchase shares of Bridge common stock at a
ratio of approximately  one Bridge share for each twelve SAVVIS shares.  On July
22, 1999,  our board of directors  granted our  employees  that were employed on
that date the right to convert  their  options to purchase  Bridge  common stock
into  options to purchase  shares of our common  stock at a ratio of 1 to 1. Mr.
Heintzelman,  the only named executive  officer employed by us at that time, has
elected to exercise this right.

         The following  table shows grants of stock options to each of the named
executive  officers during 1998. The percentages in the table below are based on
options to purchase a total of 192,715  shares of our common stock granted under
our stock option plan in 1998 to our employees and directors. The exercise price
per share of each option was equal to the fair market  value of the common stock
on the date of grant as determined by the compensation committee of our board of
directors.  Potential  realizable  values are net of exercise price before taxes
and are based on the assumption that our common stock  appreciates at the annual
rate shown,  compounded annually, from the date of grant until the expiration of
the ten-year term. The numbers are calculated  based on the  requirements of the
SEC and do not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    POTENTIAL
                                                                                                               REALIZABLE VALUE
                                                          INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                       AT ASSUMED
                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------               ANNUAL
                                                                                                                RATES OF STOCK
                                   NUMBER OF                                                                         PRICE
                                  SECURITIES                                                                APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                                  UNDERLYING        PERCENT OF TOTAL        EXERCISE                                 TERM
                                    OPTIONS      OPTIONS GRANTED TO        PRICE PER     EXPIRATION         ------------------------
             NAME                 GRANTED (1)    EMPLOYEES  IN 1998         SHARE(1)        DATE             5%            10%
                                  --------       ------------------         -----           ----             --            ---


<S>                                 <C>               <C>                 <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Clyde A. Heintzelman..........        28,635                                $3.59         12/4/08       $167,467        $266,636
                                      49,199            40.4%                9.58         12/4/08        767,741       1,222,499
Martin C. Sanderson...........         6,131             3.2%                9.58          5/7/08         95,673         152,343
Robert B. Murphy, Jr..........         5,431             2.8%                9.58          5/7/08         84,749         134,950
Michael E. Gaddis.............         5,518             2.9%                9.58          5/7/08         86,107         137,112
Andrew G. Gladney.............         6,103             3.2%                9.58          4/20/99        95,236         151,647
</TABLE>
- -------------
(1)  As adjusted to reflect the events described above.


FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

         The  following  table  presents  summary  information  with  respect to
options to  purchase  shares of our common  stock  owned by the named  executive
officers as of December 31, 1998. None of the named executive officers exercised
stock options in 1998.  There was no public  trading market for our common stock
as of December 31, 1998.  Accordingly,  we calculated  the values of unexercised
in-the-money  options  shown  below on the basis of the assumed  initial  public
offering  price of $_____  per share,  less the  applicable  exercise  price per
share, multiplied by the number of shares underlying those options.




                                       78
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                   NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                  UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED                 VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                        OPTIONS AT                           IN-THE-MONEY
                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1998(1)                 OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                   --------------------                 ----------------------------
                 NAME                        EXERCISABLE         UNEXERCISABLE       EXERCISABLE        UNEXERCISABLE
                 ----                        -----------         -------------       -----------        -------------
<S>                                            <C>                <C>            <C>               <C>
Clyde A. Heintzelman................             25,939             51,895         $                 $
Martin C. Sanderson.................              8,125                0
Robert B. Murphy, Jr................              5,196              9,427
Michael E. Gaddis...................              9,970             12,468
Andrew G. Gladney...................              2,561              3,542
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1)  As adjusted to reflect the events  described in the first  paragraph  under
     the heading "Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year."

STOCK OPTION PLAN

         Background.  On July 22,  1999,  our board of  directors  approved  the
adoption of our 1999 SAVVIS stock option plan, and our stockholders approved the
stock option plan on the same date. The purpose of our 1999 stock option plan is
to enhance  our  ability to  attract,  retain and  compensate  highly  qualified
persons.  The option plan permits the granting of options to purchase  shares of
common stock  intended to qualify as incentive  stock options under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986,  or the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  and options that do not
qualify as incentive stock options, or non-qualified options. Grants may be made
under our stock  option plan to  employees  and  directors of our company or any
related company and to any other  individual  whose  participation  in the stock
option plan is determined by our board of directors to be in our best interests.
As of October 25,  1999,  options to purchase  6,401,340  shares of common stock
were  outstanding  under the stock option plan.  No options may be granted under
the stock option plan after July 22, 2009.

         The number of shares of common stock  available for issuance  under the
option plan is 8,000,000  shares,  subject to  adjustment  for stock  dividends,
splits and other  similar  events.  If any shares of common  stock  covered by a
grant are not purchased or are  forfeited,  or if a grant  otherwise  terminates
without  delivery of any shares of common stock subject to the option,  then the
number of shares of common  stock  counted  against  the total  number of shares
available  under the stock option plan with  respect to such grant will,  to the
extent of any such  forfeiture  or  termination,  again be available  for making
grants under the stock option plan.

         The stock option plan is  administered by the  compensation  committee.
The compensation  committee has the full power and authority to take all actions
and to make all  determinations  required  or provided  for under the plan,  any
option, or option agreement,  to the extent such actions are consistent with the
terms of the plan.  The board of directors may take any action the  compensation
committee  is  authorized  to  take.  To  the  extent   permitted  by  law,  the
compensation  committee or board may delegate its authority  under the plan to a
member of the board or one of our executive officers.

         Option Terms. The option price of each option will be determined by the
compensation  committee.  However, the option price may not be less than 100% of
the fair  market  value of our common  stock on the date of grant in the case of
incentive  stock  options  or less than par  value in the case of  non-qualified
stock options. To qualify as incentive stock options,  options must meet certain
federal tax  requirements,  including  limits on the value of shares  subject to
incentive stock options which first become exercisable in any one calendar year,
and a shorter  term and  higher  minimum  exercise  price in the case of


                                       79
<PAGE>

certain large stockholders.

         The term of each  option will be fixed by the  compensation  committee.
The compensation  committee will determine at what time or times each option may
be exercised and the period of time, if any, after retirement, death, disability
or termination of employment during which options may be exercised. However, all
options shall  automatically vest upon a termination of employment caused by the
optionee's death, disability, or retirement.  Options may be made exercisable in
installments,  and the compensation  committee may accelerate the exercisability
of  options.  Except to the extent  otherwise  expressly  set forth in an option
agreement relating to a non-qualified option, options are not transferable other
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The compensation committee
may include in any option  agreement any  provisions  relating to forfeitures of
options that it deems appropriate,  including prohibitions on competing with our
company and other detrimental conduct.

         If an optionee elects to exercise his or her option, he or she must pay
the option  exercise  price in full either in cash or cash  equivalents.  To the
extent  permitted by the option  agreement or the  compensation  committee,  the
optionee may also pay the option  exercise price by the delivery of common stock
to the extent that the common stock is publicly traded,  or other property.  The
compensation  committee  may also  allow the  optionee  to defer  payment of the
option  price,  or may cause us to loan the option  price to the  optionee or to
guarantee  that any shares to be issued will be  delivered to a broker or lender
in order to allow the optionee to borrow the option price.  If the  compensation
committee so permits, the exercise price may also be delivered to us by a broker
pursuant to irrevocable instructions to the broker from the participant.

         Corporate  Transactions.  Options  granted  under the stock option plan
will  terminate  in  connection  with certain  types of  corporate  transactions
involving  our  company,  except to the  extent the  options  are  continued  or
substituted  for  in  connection  with  the  transaction.  In  the  event  of  a
termination  of the  options in  connection  with a  corporate  transaction  and
subject  to any  limitations  imposed in an  applicable  option  agreement,  the
options will be fully vested and  exercisable  for a period to be  determined by
the board of  directors  immediately  before  the  completion  of the  corporate
transaction. A corporate transaction occurs in the event of:

          o    a dissolution or liquidation of our company;

          o    a merger, consolidation or reorganization of our company with one
               or more other  entities in which our company is not the surviving
               entity;

          o    a sale of  substantially  all of our assets to another  person or
               entity; or

          o    any  transaction  (including,  without  limitation,  a merger  or
               reorganization  in which our  company  is the  surviving  entity)
               approved by the board that results in any person or entity (other
               than  persons who are holders of stock of our company at the time
               the plan was  approved  by the  stockholders  and  other  than an
               affiliate) owning 80 percent or more of the combined voting power
               of all classes of our stock.

         The  board  of  directors  may also in its  discretion  and only to the
extent provided in an option agreement cancel outstanding  options in connection
with a  corporate  transaction.  Holders of  cancelled  options  will  receive a
payment for each cancelled option.

         Amendments  and  Termination.  The board of  directors  may at any time
amend or  discontinue  the



                                       80
<PAGE>

stock option plan,  except that the maximum number of shares available for grant
as incentive  stock options and the class of persons  eligible to receive grants
under the plan may not be changed without stockholder approval.

         Adjustments for Stock Dividends and Similar  Events.  The  compensation
committee will make  appropriate  adjustments  in outstanding  awards to reflect
common stock dividends, splits and other similar events.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         Incentive  Stock Options.  The grant of an option will not be a taxable
event for the optionee or us. An optionee will not recognize taxable income upon
exercise of an incentive stock option (except that the  alternative  minimum tax
may apply).  Any gain  realized  upon a  disposition  of common  stock  received
pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option will be taxed as long-term
capital gain if the  optionee  holds the shares for at least two years after the
date of grant and for one year after the date of exercise,  known as the holding
period  requirement.  We will not be entitled to any business expense  deduction
with respect to the exercise of an incentive  stock option,  except as discussed
below.

         For  the  exercise  of an  option  to  qualify  for the  foregoing  tax
treatment,  the  optionee  generally  must be an  employee  of our  company or a
subsidiary  from the date the  option is  granted  through a date  within  three
months before the date of exercise of the option. In the case of an optionee who
is disabled,  the  three-month  period for  exercise  following  termination  of
employment  is extended to one year.  In the case of an employee who dies,  both
the time for exercising  incentive stock options after termination of employment
and the holding period for common stock received pursuant to the exercise of the
option are waived.

         If all of the foregoing  requirements are met except the holding period
requirement  mentioned above,  the optionee will recognize  ordinary income upon
the  disposition of the common stock in an amount  generally equal to the excess
of the fair  market  value of the  common  stock  at the  time  the  option  was
exercised over the option exercise price (but not in excess of the gain realized
on the sale). The balance of the realized gain, if any, will be capital gain. We
will be  allowed  a  business  expense  deduction  to the  extent  the  optionee
recognizes  ordinary  income subject to Section  162(m) of the Internal  Revenue
Code, as summarized below.

         If an optionee  exercises an incentive stock option by tendering common
stock  with a fair  market  value  equal to part or all of the  option  exercise
price,  the  exchange of shares will be treated as a nontaxable  exchange.  This
nontaxable treatment would not apply,  however, if the optionee had acquired the
shares being  transferred  pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option
and had not satisfied the holding period  requirement  summarized  above. If the
exercise is treated as a nontaxable exchange, the optionee would have no taxable
income from the exchange and  exercise,  other than  minimum  taxable  income as
discussed  above,  and the tax basis of the shares exchanged would be treated as
the  substituted  basis for the shares  received.  If the  optionee  used shares
received  pursuant to the  exercise of an  incentive  stock  option,  or another
statutory  option,  as to which the optionee had not  satisfied  the  applicable
holding  period  requirement,  the  exchange  would  be  treated  as  a  taxable
disqualifying disposition of the exchanged shares.

         If, pursuant to an option  agreement,  we withhold shares in payment of
the option price for incentive stock options,  the transaction  should generally
be  treated  as  if  the  withheld  shares  had  been  sold  in a  disqualifying
disposition  after  exercise of the option,  so that the  optionee  will realize
ordinary income



                                       81
<PAGE>

with respect to such shares.  The shares paid for by the withheld  shares should
be treated as having been received  upon exercise of an incentive  stock option,
with the tax consequences described above. However, the Internal Revenue Service
has not  ruled  on the tax  treatment  of  shares  received  on  exercise  of an
incentive  stock option where the option  exercise  price is paid with  withheld
shares.

         Non-Qualified  Options.  The grant of an  option  will not be a taxable
event for the  optionee  or us.  Upon  exercising  a  non-qualified  option,  an
optionee will  recognize  ordinary  income in an amount equal to the  difference
between the exercise  price and the fair market value of the common stock on the
date of exercise.  However,  if the optionee is subject to certain  restrictions
imposed by the securities  laws, the measurement  date will be deferred,  unless
the optionee makes a special tax election within 30 days after exercise.  Upon a
subsequent  sale or exchange of shares  acquired  pursuant to the  exercise of a
non-qualified  option, the optionee will have taxable gain or loss,  measured by
the difference  between the amount realized on the disposition and the tax basis
of the shares. This difference  generally is the amount paid for the shares plus
the amount treated as ordinary income at the time the option was exercised.

         If we  comply  with  applicable  reporting  requirements  and  with the
restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled
to a business  expense  deduction  in the same amount and  generally at the same
time as the optionee  recognizes  ordinary  income.  Under Section 162(m) of the
Internal  Revenue  Code, if the optionee is one of certain  specified  executive
officers,  then, unless certain  exceptions apply, we are not entitled to deduct
compensation with respect to the optionee, including compensation related to the
exercise of shares  options,  to the extent such  compensation  in the aggregate
exceeds  $1.0 million for the taxable  year.  Options  issuable  under the stock
incentive  plan are intended to comply with the exception to Section  162(m) for
"performance-based" compensation.

         If the  optionee  surrenders  common stock in payment of part or all of
the exercise price for  non-qualified  options,  the optionee will not recognize
gain or loss with respect to the shares  surrendered,  regardless of whether the
shares were acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option,  and
the  optionee  will be  treated  as  receiving  an  equivalent  number of shares
pursuant to the  exercise of the option in a nontaxable  exchange.  The basis of
the  shares  surrendered  will be treated  as the  substituted  tax basis for an
equivalent  number of option shares  received and the new shares will be treated
as having been held for the same  holding  period as had expired with respect to
the transferred  shares.  The difference between the total option exercise price
and the total fair market value of the shares received  pursuant to the exercise
of the option  will be taxed as ordinary  income.  The  optionee's  basis in the
additional shares will be equal to the amount included in the optionee's income.

         If, pursuant to an option  agreement,  we withhold shares in payment of
the option price for non-qualified options or in payment of tax withholding, the
transaction  should generally be treated as if the withheld shares had been sold
for an amount equal to the exercise price after exercise of the option.

ARRANGEMENTS WITH EXECUTIVE

     Mr.  Heintzelman  became our President and Chief Executive Officer under an
employment  agreement dated December 4, 1998. In connection with his resignation
as of November  10,  1999,  we entered  into an  additional  agreement  with Mr.
Heintzelman,  entitling  him to continue  to receive  his base  salary  through
December 3, 2000.  In  addition,  under these  agreements,  Mr.  Heintzelman  is
entitled  to a  prorated  portion  of his  bonus  for  1999 in an  amount  to be
established  by our  board of  directors,  but in no event  less than 25% of his
annual base salary. All of Mr.  Heintzelman's  stock options vested fully on the
date of his resignation.

     In his  employment  agreement,  Mr.  Heintzelman  agreed  to  preserve  the
confidentiality and the proprietary nature of all information relating to us and
our business for three years after the term of his agreements ends. In addition,
Mr.  Heintzelman is obligated under his agreement not to compete with us and not
to solicit the business of our customers for one year  following the term of his
employment agreement.
                                       82
<PAGE>

for one year after his agreement ends.

                          TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

         As of September 30, 1999, we had  outstanding  demand loans from Bridge
of  approximately  $16.6 million.  These loans bear interest at a rate of 8% per
annum.  We used  the  proceeds  of  these  loans  to fund  our  working  capital
requirements.

         We entered into  several  agreements  with  Bridge,  including a Master
Establishment  and  Transition  Agreement,  an Equipment  Colocation  Permit,  a
Network Services Agreement,  an Administrative  Services Agreement,  a Technical
Services  Agreement and a Local  Network  Agreement.  In  connection  with these
agreements we executed a promissory note in favor of Bridge.  The terms of these
agreements  and the note are  described  under the heading  "Business  -- Bridge
Relationship".


                                       83
<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

         The following table provides you with information  about the beneficial
ownership  of  shares of our  common  stock as of  September  30,  1999,  and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of shares in this offering, by:

          o    each person who, to our knowledge, beneficially owns more than 5%
               of our common stock;

          o    each of our directors and named executive officers; and

          o    all our directors and executive officers as a group.

     Beneficial  ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and includes
voting or investment power with respect to the common stock.

     Unless indicated  otherwise below, the address for each listed director and
officer  is SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  12007  Sunrise  Valley  Drive,
Reston,  Virginia  20191.  The  persons  named in the table have sole voting and
investment   power  with  respect  to  all  shares  of  common  stock  shown  as
beneficially  owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable
and the information contained in this table and the notes that follow. The total
number of shares of common stock  outstanding used in calculating the percentage
for each  person  named  in the  table  includes  the  shares  of  common  stock
underlying  options held by that person that are  exercisable  within 60 days of
September  30,  1999,  but excludes  shares of common stock  options held by all
other persons.  Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 72,000,000 shares
of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 1999, and _______________ shares
of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Amount and            Percentage Beneficially Owned
                                                                Nature of            -----------------------------
                                                                Beneficial              Before               After
 Name and Address                                               Ownership              Offering            Offering
 ----------------                                               --------               --------            --------
<S>                                                            <C>                     <C>                    <C>
Bridge Information Systems, Inc.(1)..............                53,870,279               74.8%                  --%
Welsh, Carson, Anderson &
   Stowe (2).....................................                 8,844,642               12.3%                  --%
Clyde A. Heintzelman (3).........................                   218,224                 *                    --%
Martin C. Sanderson..............................                        --                 *                    --%
Michael E. Gaddis................................                     7,284                 *                    --%
Robert B. Murphy, Jr.............................                     5,177                 *                    --%
Andrew G. Gladney................................                    16,413                 *                    --%
Robert McCormick (4).............................                   500,000                 *                    --%
Thomas M. Wendel (5).............................                   450,000                 *                    --%
Patrick J. Welsh (6).............................                 8,843,413               12.3%                  --%
Thomas E. McInerney (7)..........................                 8,883,118               12.3%                  --%
All executive officers and directors
as a group (11 persons)..........................                10,144,344               14.1%                  --%
</TABLE>
- ------------
* Less than one percent.

(1)  The address of Bridge Information Systems,  Inc. is 717 Office Parkway, St.
     Louis, Missouri 63141.

                                       84
<PAGE>

(2)  Includes 4,635,958 shares of common stock held by Welsh, Carson, Anderson &
     Stowe VI, L.P.("WCAS VI"), 3,475,566 shares held by Welsh, Carson, Anderson
     & Stowe VII,  L.P.  ("WCAS VII"),  65,357  shares held by WCAS  Information
     Partners, L.P. ("WCAS IP") and 667,761 shares held by WCAS Capital Partners
     II, L.P. ("WCAS CP II"). The respective  sole general  partners of WCAS VI,
     WCAS  VII,  WCAS IP and WCAS CP II are  WCAS VI  Partners,  L.P.,  WCAS VII
     Partners,  L.P., WCAS INFO Partners and WCAS CP II Partners. The individual
     general partners of each of these partnerships include some or all of Bruce
     K.  Anderson,  Russell L.  Carson,  Anthony J. de Nicola,  James B. Hoover,
     Thomas E. McInerney, Robert A. Minicucci,  Charles G. Moore, III, Andrew M.
     Paul, Paul B. Qucally,  Rudolph E. Rupert,  Jonathan M. Rather, Lawrence B.
     Sorrel,  Richard H. Stowe,  Laura M.  VanBuren  and  Patrick J. Welsh.  The
     individual general partners who are also directors of SAVVIS are Patrick J.
     Welsh and Thomas E. McInerney.  Each of the foreging  persons may be deemed
     to be the  beneficial  owner  of the  common  stock  owned  by the  limited
     partnerships of whose general partner he or she is a general partner.  WCAS
     VI, WCAS VII, WCAS IP and WCAS CP II, in the aggregate,  own  approximately
     38.5% of the outstanding equity securities of Bridge.

(3)  Includes  218,224 shares subject to options that are exercisable  within 60
     days of September 30, 1999.

(4)  Includes  500,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable  within 60
     days of September 30, 1999.

(5)  Includes  450,000 shares subject to options that are exercisable  within 60
     days of September 30, 1999.

(6)  Includes  8,779,285  shares  held by Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe,  as
     described in note 2 above.

(7)  Includes  8,844,642  shares  held by Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe,  as
     described in note 2 above.


                                       85
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         Our authorized  capital stock consists of 125,000,000  shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share,  and 50,000,000  shares of preferred stock, par
value $.01 per share,  the rights,  preferences  and  privileges of which may be
established  from time to time by our board of  directors.  As of September  30,
1999,  72,000,000  shares of our common stock were  outstanding and no shares of
our  preferred  stock were  outstanding.  As of September  30, 1999,  we had 140
stockholders.

         After this  offering,  we will have  outstanding  __________  shares of
common  stock.  If  the  underwriters  exercise  their  over-allotment   option,
_________  shares  of common  stock  will be  outstanding.  The  following  is a
description of our capital stock.

         COMMON STOCK

         Each holder of record of common stock of record is entitled to one vote
for each share on all matters  properly  submitted to the stockholders for their
vote. Our certificate of incorporation  does not allow cumulative voting for the
election of directors,  which means that the holders of a majority of the shares
voted can  elect all the  directors  then  standing  for  election.  Subject  to
preferences  that may be applicable to any preferred  stock  outstanding  at the
time, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends,  if
any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds
legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution
or winding up,  holders of common stock would be entitled to share in our assets
remaining after the payment of liabilities  and  liquidation  preferences on any
outstanding  preferred stock.  Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or
conversion  rights or other  subscription  rights and there are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions  applicable to the common stock. All outstanding  shares
of common  stock  are,  and the  shares of common  stock  offered  by us in this
offering will be, when issued and paid for, fully paid and  non-assessable.  The
rights,  preferences  and privileges of holders of common stock may be adversely
affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock
that we may authorize and issue in the future.

         PREFERRED STOCK

         The board of directors is authorized,  subject to Delaware law, without
stockholder  approval,  from  time  to  time  to  issue  up to an  aggregate  of
50,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  in one or more  series.  The  board of
directors may fix the rights,  preferences  and privileges of the shares of each
series  and  any  qualifications,   limitations  or  restrictions.  Issuance  of
preferred  stock,  while  providing  desirable  flexibility  in connection  with
possible  acquisitions  and other corporate  purposes,  could have the effect of
making it more  difficult  for a third party to acquire,  or of  discouraging  a
third party from  attempting to acquire,  a majority of our  outstanding  voting
stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

         LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         As permitted by the Delaware  General  Corporation Law, our certificate
of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us
or our  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of  fiduciary  duty as a
director, except for liability:

     o    for  any  breach  of  the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to us or our
          stockholders;

     o    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which  involve  intentional
          misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

                                       86
<PAGE>

     o    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, relating to
          unlawful dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions; or

     o    for any  transaction  from  which the  director  derives  an  improper
          personal benefit.

         As a result of this provision, we and our stockholders may be unable to
obtain monetary damages from a director for breach of his or her duty of care.

         Our   certificate   of   incorporation   and  bylaws  provide  for  the
indemnification  of our directors and officers to the fullest extent  authorized
by the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law. In  addition,  our  certificate  of
incorporation  provides that if the Delaware General  Corporation Law is amended
to  authorize  the further  elimination  or  limitation  of the  liability  of a
director,  then the liability of our directors  will be eliminated or limited to
the fullest extent  permitted by the amended  Delaware Law. The  indemnification
provided under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws includes the right to
be paid expenses in advance of any proceeding for which  indemnification  may be
had,  provided  that the  payment of these  expenses  incurred  by a director or
officer in advance of the final  disposition  of a  proceeding  may be made only
upon delivery to us of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer
to repay all amounts  paid in advance if it is  ultimately  determined  that the
director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified.

         We believe that the provisions in our certificate of incorporation  and
bylaws are  necessary to attract and retain  qualified  persons as directors and
officers.

         ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

         Provisions of Delaware law and our  certificate  of  incorporation  and
bylaws summarized below could hinder or delay an attempted takeover of us. These
provisions  could  have the  effect of  discouraging  attempts  to acquire us or
remove  incumbent  management  even if some or a  majority  of our  stockholders
believe this action to be in their best interest,  including attempts that might
result in the  stockholders  receiving a premium over the market price for their
shares of common stock.

         Certificate of Incorporation and By-law Provision

         Under our bylaws,  only the board of  directors,  the  Chairman or Vice
Chairman of the board, the board of directors and the President may call special
meetings of stockholders. The stockholders may not call a special meeting.

         Our bylaws also  provide  that any action  required or  permitted to be
taken at a stockholders'  meeting may be taken without a meeting,  without prior
notice  and  without  a vote,  if the  action is taken by  persons  who would be
entitled to vote at a meeting and who hold shares  having  voting power equal to
not less than the minimum  number of votes that would be  necessary to authorize
or take the  action  at a  meeting  at which all  shares  entitled  to vote were
present and voted.

         The foregoing  provisions  could have the effect of delaying  until the
next stockholders'  meeting stockholder actions which are favored by the holders
of a majority of our outstanding  voting  securities.  These provisions may also
discourage  another  person or entity from making a tender  offer for our common
stock  because  such  person or entity,  even if it  acquired a majority  of our
outstanding  voting  securities,



                                       87
<PAGE>

would be able to take action as a stockholder, such as electing new directors or
approving a merger, only at a duly called stockholders meeting.

         Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

         We will be subject to the  provisions  of Section  203 of the  Delaware
General Corporation Law regulating corporate  takeovers.  Section 203 prevents a
Delaware  corporation,  including  those that are listed on the Nasdaq  National
Market, from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a "business combination,"
which  includes a merger or sale of more than 10% of the  corporation's  assets,
with any "interested  stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of
the  transaction  in which the  person  became  an  interested  stockholder.  An
interested   stockholder  is  a  stockholder   who  owns  15%  or  more  of  the
corporation's  outstanding voting stock, as well as affiliates and associates of
that person. This is the case unless:

         o    the  transaction  that resulted in the  stockholder's  becoming an
              interested  stockholder  was  approved  by the board of  directors
              prior to the date the interested stockholder attained that status;

         o    upon   completion  of  the   transaction   that  resulted  in  the
              stockholder's becoming an interested  stockholder,  the interested
              stockholder  owned  at  least  85%  of  the  voting  stock  of the
              corporation   outstanding  at  the  time  the  transaction  began,
              excluding  those shares owned by (1) persons who are directors and
              also officers and (2) employee stock  compensation  plans in which
              employee   participants   do  not  have  the  right  to  determine
              confidentially  whether  shares  held  subject to the plan will be
              tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or

         o    on or after  the date the  interested  stockholder  attained  that
              status,  the  business  combination  is  approved  by the board of
              directors  and  authorized  at an  annual  or  special  meting  of
              stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
              outstanding  voting  stock  that is not  owned  by the  interested
              stockholder.

         A Delaware  corporation  may "opt out" of  Section  203 with an express
provision  in  its  original   certificate  of   incorporation   or  an  express
stockholder's  amendment  approved  by at least a  majority  of the  outstanding
voting  shares.  We have not "opted out" of the  provisions  of the Section 203.
This  statutory  provision  could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or
change-in-control  attempts  with  respect  to  SAVVIS  and,  accordingly,   may
discourage attempts to acquire us.

         TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

         The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is ____________.


                                       88
<PAGE>

                        SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Following  this offering,  we will have _________  shares of our common
stock   outstanding,   assuming  the   underwriters   do  not   exercise   their
over-allotment  option  (_______  shares  if  the  underwriters  exercise  their
over-allotment  option in full). All of the shares (including any subject to the
over-allotment  option) we sell in this offering will be freely tradable without
restriction or further  registration  under the Securities  Act, except that any
shares  purchased by our  affiliates,  as that term is defined in Rule 144 under
the  Securities  Act,  may  generally  only  be  sold  in  compliance  with  the
limitations of Rule 144 below.

         The remaining  __________ shares of common stock outstanding  following
this offering are restricted  securities  under the terms of the Securities Act.
Sales of certain of the restricted  shares to be outstanding  upon completion of
this offering will be limited by lock-up agreements as described below.

RULE 144

         In general,  under Rule 144, a stockholder who owns  restricted  shares
that have been outstanding for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any
three-month period, a number of these restricted shares that does not exceed the
greater of:

          o    1%  of  the  then   outstanding   shares  of  common  stock,   or
               approximately  _________ shares  immediately after this offering,
               or

          o    the  average  weekly  trading  volume in the common  stock on the
               Nasdaq  National  Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
               filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

         In  addition,  our  affiliates  must comply with the  restrictions  and
requirements of Rule 144, other than the one-year holding period requirement, to
sell shares of common stock that are not restricted securities. Sales under Rule
144 are also governed by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements,  and
current public information about us must be available.

         Under Rule 144(k), a stockholder who is not currently,  and who has not
been for at least three  months  before the sale,  an  affiliate of ours and who
owns  restricted  shares that have been  outstanding  for at least two years may
resell these restricted shares without  compliance with the above  requirements.
The one- and two-year holding periods  described above do not begin to run until
the full purchase price is paid by the person  acquiring the  restricted  shares
from us or an affiliate of ours.

RULE 701

         In  general,  under  Rule 701 of the  Securities  Act as  currently  in
effect,  any of our employees,  consultants or advisors who purchases  shares of
our common stock from us in connection with a compensatory  stock or option plan
or other written  agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the
effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without  compliance
with some of the restrictions,  including the holding period,  contained in Rule
144.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

         All of our officers and directors, and several of our stockholders, who
will  hold an  aggregate  of  ____________  shares of common  stock  after  this
offering closes,  will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters.  Under the
terms of these agreements,  they will agree,  among other things,  not to offer,
sell



                                       89
<PAGE>

or agree to sell, directly or indirectly,  or otherwise dispose of any shares of
common stock or any securities  convertible  into or exercisable or exchangeable
for shares of common stock, include swap etc. for a period of 180 days after the
date of this  prospectus.  Transfers or dispositions can be made sooner with the
prior written consent of the underwriters.

Stock Options

         As soon  as  practicable  after  this  offering,  we  intend  to file a
registration  statement  under the Securities Act covering  8,000,000  shares of
common  stock  reserved for  issuance  under our 1999 Stock Option Plan,  and we
expect the registration statement to become effective upon filing. As of October
25, 1999, options to purchase 6,486,382 shares of common stock were outstanding.
Accordingly,  shares registered under this registration statement will, provided
options have vested and Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to our affiliates
are complied  with, be available for sale in the open market  shortly after this
offering closes, and in the case of our officers, directors and stockholders who
have entered  into  lock-up  agreements,  after the 180-day  lock-up  agreements
expire.







                                       90
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITERS


         Under  the  terms  and  subject  to  the  conditions  contained  in  an
underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named
below, for whom Merrill Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & Smith  Incorporated and Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated,  are acting as representatives have severally agreed
to  purchase,  and we have  agreed to sell to them,  severally,  the  respective
number  of  shares  of  common  stock  set  forth  opposite  the  names  of such
underwriters below:


                                                                         Number
 Name                                                                  of Shares
 ----                                                                  ---------
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
                                                                       =========


         The  underwriters  are offering  the shares of common stock  subject to
their  acceptance  of the  shares  from  us  and  subject  to  prior  sale.  The
underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters
to pay for and accept  delivery of the shares of common stock offered hereby are
subject to the approval of various legal matters by their counsel and to certain
other conditions.  The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the
shares of common stock offered  hereby,  if any such shares are taken.  However,
the  underwriters  are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the
underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

         The  underwriters  initially  propose  to offer  part of the  shares of
common stock  directly to the public at the public  offering  price set forth on
the cover page hereof and part to various  dealers at a price that  represents a
concession not in excess of $_________ a share under the public  offering price.
Any  underwriter  may allow,  and such dealers may reallow,  a concession not in
excess of $_________ a share to other underwriters or to various dealers.  After
the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other
selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

         We have granted to the underwriters an option,  exercisable for 30 days
from the date of this  prospectus,  to purchase up to an  aggregate  of ________
additional  shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters
may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments,  if
any, made in connection  with the offering of the shares of common stock offered
hereby.  To the extent such option is exercised,  each  underwriter  will become
obligated,  subject to certain  conditions,  to purchase  approximately the same
percentage  of such  additional  shares of common  stock as the number set forth
next to such underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number
of shares of common stock set forth next to the names of all underwriters in the
preceding  table.  If the  underwriters'  option is exercised in full, the total
price to the public would be $_________,  the total underwriters'  discounts and
commissions would be $__________ and total proceeds to us would be $__________.

         The  underwriters  have  informed us that they do not intend to confirm
sales to  discretionary  accounts to exceed five  percent of the total number of
shares of common stock offered by them.

         We  estimate  that  the  total  expenses  of  the  offering,  excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $___ million.

                                       91
<PAGE>

         Application  has been made for  quotation  of the  common  stock on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SVVS."

         Each  of  SAVVIS  and  the  directors,   executive  officers  and  some
stockholders of SAVVIS has agreed that, without the prior written consent of the
underwriters,  it will not,  during the period ending 180 days after the date of
this prospectus:

          o    offer,  pledge,  sell,  contract  to  sell,  sell any  option  or
               contract to  purchase,  purchase  any option or contract to sell,
               grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise
               transfer or dispose of,  directly  or  indirectly,  any shares of
               common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
               exchangeable for common stock; or

          o    enter  into any  swap or  other  arrangement  that  transfers  to
               another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of
               ownership of the common stock,

whether  any such  transaction  described  above is to be settled by delivery of
common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

         The restrictions described in the previous paragraph do not apply to:

          o    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

          o    the  issuance  by  SAVVIS of  shares  of  common  stock  upon the
               exercise  of an  option  or a  warrant  or  the  conversion  of a
               security  outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the
               underwriters have been advised in writing;

          o    transactions  by any person other than SAVVIS  relating to shares
               of common stock or other  securities  convertible or exchangeable
               for shares of common stock  acquired in open market  transactions
               after the completion of the offering; or

          o    issuances  of  certain  shares  of  common  stock or  options  to
               purchase shares of common stock pursuant to our employee  benefit
               plans as in existence on the date of this prospectus.

         In order to facilitate  the offering,  the  underwriters  may engage in
transactions  that  stabilize,  maintain  or  otherwise  affect the price of the
common stock.  Specifically,  the underwriters may over-allot in connection with
the  offering,  creating  a short  position  in the  common  stock for their own
account. In addition,  to cover over-allotments or to stabilize the price of the
common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock
in the open market.  Finally,  the  underwriting  syndicate may reclaim  selling
concessions  allowed to an  underwriter or a dealer for  distributing  shares of
common  stock  in  the  offering,  if  the  syndicate   repurchases   previously
distributed common stock in transactions to cover syndicate short positions,  in
stabilization  transactions or otherwise.  Any of these activities may stabilize
or  maintain  the market  price of the common  stock  above  independent  market
levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may
end any of these activities at any time.

         SAVVIS and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against
various liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

         From  time to time,  ______________  has  provided,  and  continues  to
provide,  investment  banking  services to SAVVIS and Bridge for which they have
received customary fees and commissions.

                                       92
<PAGE>

PRICING OF THE OFFERING

         Prior to this offering,  there has been no public market for our common
stock.  The initial  public  offering  price will be determined by  negotiations
between  SAVVIS and the  representatives.  Among the factors to be considered in
determining  the initial public  offering price will be the future  prospects of
SAVVIS and its industry in general,  sales, earnings and certain other financial
and  operating  information  of  SAVVIS in recent  periods,  the  price-earnings
ratios,  price-sales  ratios,  market  prices of  securities  and  financial and
operating  information  of companies  engaged in activities  similar to those of
SAVVIS.

          The estimated  initial  public  offering  price range set forth on the
cover page of this  preliminary  prospectus  is subject to change as a result of
market conditions and other factors.


                             VALIDITY OF THE SHARES

         The  validity  of the  shares  of common  stock  offered  through  this
prospectus will be passed upon for us by Hogan & Hartson  L.L.P.,  New York, New
York.  Certain legal matters  relating to the securities will be passed upon for
the underwriters by Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York.


                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated financial statements of SAVVIS Holdings Corporation as
of December 31, 1998 and for the year ended  December 31, 1998  included in this
prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent  auditors, as
stated  in their  report  appearing  in this  prospectus,  and are  included  in
reliance  upon the report of such firm given upon their  authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.

         The  consolidated   financial   statements  of  SAVVIS   Communications
Corporation,  a wholly owned  subsidiary of SAVVIS Holdings  Corporation,  as of
December 31, 1997 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31,
1997,  included  in this  prospectus  have been  audited by Ernst & Young,  LLP,
independent  auditors,  as set forth in their report dated April 23, 1998 (which
contains an explanatory  paragraph describing  conditions that raise substantial
doubt about the company's  ability to continue as a going concern)  appearing in
this  prospectus,  and are included in reliance on such  reports  given upon the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                    WHERE YOU MAY FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         We have filed with the SEC a  registration  statement on Form S-1 under
the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering.
This  prospectus  does  not  contain  all of the  information  set  forth in the
registration  statement  and the  exhibits  and  schedules  to the  registration
statement. For further information with respect to us and the common stock to be
sold in this  offering,  we  refer  you to the  registration  statement  and the
exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration  statement.  Statements
contained  in this  prospectus  concerning  the  contents of any contract or any
other document are not necessarily  complete. If a contract or document has been
filed as an exhibit to the registration  statement,  we refer you to the copy of
the contract or document that has been filed.  Each statement in this prospectus
relating  to a contract  or  document  filed as an exhibit is  qualified  in all


                                       93
<PAGE>

respects by the filed exhibit.  The registration  statement,  including exhibits
and schedules filed with it, may be inspected without charge at the SEC's public
reference rooms at:

          o    Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549;

          o    Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor,  New York, New York 10048;
               or

          o    Citicorp Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,
               Illinois 60661.

         Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained
from such office after payment of fees  prescribed  by the SEC.  Please call the
SEC at  1-800-SEC-0330  for further  information  on the operation of the public
reference  rooms.  The SEC also maintains a Web site that contains  registration
statements,  reports,  proxy and  information  statements and other  information
regarding    registrants   that   file    electronically   with   the   SEC   at
http://www.sec.gov.

         We intend to provide our  stockholders  with annual reports  containing
consolidated  financial  statements  audited by an independent public accounting
firm.


                                       94
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                           SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
 Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1999 (unaudited)                                                F-2

 Consolidated  Statements of Operations for the period April 7 to June 30, 1999, the period
 January 1 to April 6, 1999 and the six month period ended June 30, 1998 (unaudited)                       F-3

 Consolidated  Statement  of Changes in  Stockholders'  Equity  for the period
 January 1, 1999 to June 30, 1999 (unaudited)                                                              F-4

 Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the period April 7 to June 30, 1999, the period
 January 1 to April 6, 1999 and the six month period ended June 30, 1998 (unaudited)                       F-5

 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)                                                    F-7

 Independent Auditors' Report - Deloitte & Touche LLP                                                     F-10

 Independent Auditors' Report - Ernst & Young LLP                                                         F-11

 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997                                             F-12

 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996               F-13

 Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Stockholders'  Equity (Deficit) for the years ended
 December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996                                                                         F-14

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996               F-16

 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                               F-18
</TABLE>


                                      F-1

<PAGE>



SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - UNAUDITED
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS                                                                                         JUNE 30, 1999
<S>                                                                                            <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                                       $     530
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $200                                   2,603
  Prepaid expenses                                                                                      418
  Other current assets                                                                                    3
                                                                                               ------------
           Total current assets                                                                       3,554

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Net (Note 3)                                                                 5,300

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS - Net of
 Accumulated amortization of $2,369                                                                  36,098

OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS                                                                                  340

TOTAL                                                                                             $  45,292
                                                                                               ============


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable                                                                                $   3,731
  Accrued expenses                                                                                      799
  Due to Bridge Information Systems                                                                  11,300
  Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 5)                                               1,211
  Other accrued liabilities (Note 4)                                                                  1,458
                                                                                               ------------
           Total current liabilities                                                                 18,499

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, LESS CURRENT PORTION (Note 5)                                              3,811

OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES                                                                               471

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 125,000,000 shares
     authorized, 72,000,000 shares issued and outstanding                                               720
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                         31,026
  Accumulated deficit                                                                                (9,235)
                                                                                               ------------

           Total stockholder's equity                                                                22,511
                                                                                               ------------

TOTAL                                                                                             $  45,292
                                                                                               ============

</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-2

<PAGE>



SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - UNAUDITED
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SUCCESSOR                PREDECESSOR
                                                          -----------------    --------------------------------
                                                             PERIOD FROM        PERIOD FROM        SIX MONTHS
                                                              APRIL 7 TO        JANUARY 1 TO      ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                             JUNE 30, 1999     APRIL 6, 1999          1998
                                                          -----------------    --------------------------------


<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>              <C>
REVENUES                                                       $     5,913         $    5,440       $    5,092

DIRECT COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Data communications and operations                                 6,303              6,429            9,329
  Selling, general and administrative                                5,355              4,651            4,553
  Depreciation and amortization                                      3,037                793              943
                                                               -----------         ----------       ----------

      Total direct costs and operating expenses                     14,695             11,873           14,825
                                                               -----------         ----------       ----------

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS                                                (8,782)            (6,433)          (9,733)

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET                                                 (453)              (235)            (209)
                                                               -----------         ----------       ----------

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                            (9,235)            (6,668)          (9,942)

INCOME TAXES                                                            --                 --               --
                                                               -----------         ----------       ----------

NET LOSS                                                            (9,235)            (6,668)          (9,942)

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS                                                                (628)            (587)

AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED
  FINANCING COSTS AND DISCOUNT ON
  SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK                                             --               (244)            (358)
                                                               -----------         ----------       ----------
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON
  STOCKHOLDERS                                                 $    (9,235)        $   (7,540)      $  (10,887)
                                                               ===========         ==========       ==========

BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS
  PER COMMON SHARE                                             $     (0.13)        $    (4.51)      $    (8.06)
                                                               ===========         ==========       ==========

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING
                                                                72,000,000          1,670,709        1,350,341
                                                               ===========         ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3

<PAGE>


SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - UNAUDITED
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    NUMBER OF SHARES                                     AMOUNTS
                                             --------------------------------   --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           ADDITIONAL    DEFERRED
                                                  COMMON         TREASURY         COMMON     PAID-IN     COMPEN-     ACCUMULATED
                                                   STOCK           STOCK          STOCK      CAPITAL      SATION       DEFICIT
                                                   -----           -----          -----      -------      ------       -------

<S>                                              <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1999                             1,753,751      127,838         $    2      $5,954        $ (78)     $(40,971)
  Issuance of common stock upon
    exercise of stock options                           68,333           --            --          28            --            --
  Recognition of deferred compensation                      --           --            --          --            78            --
  Acquisition of the Company by Bridge
    Information Systems                             70,177,916     (127,838)           718      25,044           --        40,971
  Net loss                                                                                                                 (9,235)
                                                   -----------    ---------         ------    ---------    --------      --------


BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1999                              72,000,000           --           $720     $31,026   $       --      $ (9,235)
                                                   ===========    =========         ======    =========    ========      ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             AMOUNTS            TOTAL
                                           ----------    ----------------
                                             TREASURY
                                              STOCK
                                              -----

<S>                                        <C>          <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1999                    $     (64)        $(35,157)
  Issuance of common stock upon
    exercise of stock options                      --                28
  Recognition of deferred compensation             --                78
  Acquisition of the Company by Bridge
    Information Systems                             64           66,797
  Net loss                                                      (9,235)
                                            ----------      -----------


BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1999                      $       --        $ 22,511
                                            ==========      ===========
</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4

<PAGE>

SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - UNAUDITED
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                                                   SUCCESSOR                      PREDECESSOR
                                                              -------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                                                  PERIOD FROM             PERIOD FROM      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              APRIL 7 TO JUNE 30,    JANUARY 1 TO APRIL 6,      JUNE 30,
                                                                      1999                   1999                 1988
                                                              -------------------    --------------------   -----------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                                   <C>                  <C>                <C>
  Net cash used in operating activities                               $   (6,120)          $   (6,185)        $   (11,548)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures - net                                                (368)                (275)               (772)
  Acquisition of IXA, net of cash acquired                                    --                   --                (750)
                                                                      -----------          -----------        -----------
           Net cash used in investing activities                            (368)                (275)             (1,522)
                                                                      -----------          -----------        -----------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of treasury stock                                                   --                   --                (15)
  Proceeds from common stock issuance                                          --                   --                  1
  Exercise of stock options                                                    --                   28                 --
  Proceeds from Series C preferred stock issuance                              --                   --             15,487
  Proceeds from issuance of Series C warrants                                  --                   --              2,713
  Payment of Series C deferred financing costs                                 --                   --             (1,440)
  Principal payments under capital lease
    obligations                                                              (176)                (182)              (306)
  Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible
    bridge notes                                                               --                   --              1,800
  Principal payments on borrowings from senior
    bridge notes                                                               --                   --             (1,053)
  Proceeds from borrowings from Bridge
    Information Systems Notes                                               6,600                4,700                 --

  Principal payments on borrowings from bank
    notes payable                                                              --                  (13)              (226)
                                                                      -----------          -----------        -----------
           Net cash provided by financing activities                        6,424                4,533             16,961
                                                                      -----------          -----------        -----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
  CASH EQUIVALENTS                                                            (64)              (1,927)             3,891

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
  BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                                         594                2,521              1,398
                                                                      -----------          -----------        -----------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
  END OF PERIOD                                                       $       530          $       594        $     5,289
                                                                      ===========          ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.           (Continued)

                                      F-5

<PAGE>

 SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - UNAUDITED
(IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                                                   SUCCESSOR                    PREDECESSOR
                                                              ------------------   --------------------------------------
                                                                  PERIOD FROM         PERIOD FROM      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                APRIL 7 TO JUNE       JANUARY 1 TO          JUNE 30,
                                                                   30, 1999          APRIL 6, 1999           1998
                                                                ---------------      -------------      -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>                <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH
  FLOW INFORMATION:
  Non-cash investing and financing activities:
    Debt incurred under capital lease obligations                    $   --           $2,634                $1,018
    Preferred stock dividends accrued                                    --              628                   587
    Amortization of deferred financing costs                             --               76                   177
    Accretion of preferred stock discount                                --              168                   181
    Senior convertible notes exchanged for
      preferred stock                                                    --               --                 9,200
    Issuance of common stock in acquisition
      of IXA                                                             --               --                   583

    Cash paid during the year for interest                               97               99                   123
</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.           (Concluded)

                                      F-6

<PAGE>

SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - UNAUDITED
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1.    PRESENTATION

               The accompanying  unaudited  consolidated financial statements of
      Savvis Holdings Corporation (the "Company" or "Savvis") have been prepared
      in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles for interim
      financial   information  and  with  the  instructions  of  Article  10  of
      Regulation  S-X.  Accordingly,  the interim  financial  statements  do not
      include  all  of the  information  and  footnotes  required  by  generally
      accepted accounting principles for annual financial statements.

               On April 7, 1999 (the "acquisition date"), Savvis was acquired by
      Bridge Information Systems ("Bridge") in an all stock transaction that was
      accounted  for as a "purchase  transaction"  under  Accounting  Principles
      Board  Opinion No. 16.  Pursuant to the terms of the  transaction,  Bridge
      issued  3,250,000  shares of Bridge  common  stock in exchange for all the
      outstanding  equity interests of Savvis. In accordance with the accounting
      requirements   of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission,   purchase
      transactions that result in one entity becoming substantially wholly-owned
      by the  acquirer  establish  a new  basis of  accounting  in the  acquired
      entity's  records for the  purchased  assets and  liabilities.  Thus,  the
      purchase  price  has  been  allocated,  on a  preliminary  basis,  to  the
      underlying  assets  purchased  and  liabilities  assumed  based  on  their
      estimated fair market values at the acquisition date. The resulting impact
      in  the  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements  was  to  increase
      intangibles, goodwill and other liabilities, to decrease fixed assets, and
      to increase additional paid in capital.

                In the  opinion of the  Company's  management, the  accompanying
      unaudited   consolidated  financial  statements  contain  all  adjustments
      necessary to present  fairly the Company's  financial  position as of June
      30,  1999 and the  results  of  operations  and cash  flows for the period
      subsequent to the Company's purchase by Bridge through June 30 (successor)
      and from January 1, 1999 through April 6, 1999  (predecessor)  and the six
      months ended June 30, 1998  (predecessor).  The results of operations  are
      not  necessarily  indicative of results that may be expected for any other
      interim period or for the full year.

               The financial  statements  should be read in conjunction with the
      consolidated  financial  statements  and notes  thereto for the year ended
      December  31,  1998  included  elsewhere  in this  prospectus.  Except  as
      described  above,   the  accounting   policies  used  in  preparing  these
      consolidated  financial  statements are the same as those described in the
      December 31, 1998 consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-7

<PAGE>


2.       BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

               As discussed in Note 1, Bridge issued  3,250,000 shares of Bridge
      common stock for all the outstanding equity interests of Savvis. The total
      cost of the  acquisition  exceeded the fair value of Savvis' net assets by
      $23,767 which is being amortized over 10 years. In addition,  a portion of
      the purchase price was allocated to the following  tangible and intangible
      assets:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           ALLOCATED
                           ASSET                         PURCHASE PRICE                       LIFE
                           -----                         --------------                       ----

<S>                                                  <C>                             <C>
        Property and equipment                         $      5,600                    36-60  months
        Trademark                                             9,500                           60
        Non-compete agreement                                 2,700                           12
        Other intangibles                                     2,500                           12
</TABLE>

 Also, in connection with the acquisition,  Bridge assumed liabilities of Savvis
in the amount of $11,687.

3.       PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

               Property and  equipment  consisted  of the  following at June 30,
1999:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
                 Computer equipment                                                     $ 532
                 Communications equipment                                                 795
                 Purchased software                                                        74
                 Furniture and fixtures                                                   333
                 Leasehold improvements                                                   258
                 Equipment under capital lease obligations                              3,926
                                                                                       ------

                                                                                        5,918
                 Less: accumulated depreciation                                         (618)
                                                                                       ------

                 Property and equipment, net                                           $5,300
                                                                                       ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-8

<PAGE>


4.       ACCRUED LIABILITIES

               Other  accrued  liabilities  consist of the following at June 30,
1999:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                         <C>
                  Deferred rent                                                                $     196
                  Accrued interest                                                                   206
                  Loss lease accrual                                                                 163
                  Intercompany payable to Bridge Information Systems                                 104
                  Other                                                                              789
                                                                                                --------

                                                                                               $   1,458
                                                                                                ========
</TABLE>


5.       NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

               Notes payable consisted of borrowings by the Company from Bridge.
      The  outstanding  balance on the notes was  $11,300  at June 30,  1999 and
      interest accrues at a rate of 8% per annum. The carrying value of the note
      approximates fair value at June 30, 1999.

               The Company leases various equipment under capital leases. Future
      minimum lease  payments  under  capital  leases are as follows at June 30,
      1999:


<TABLE>
           <S>                                                                            <C>
               1999 (Six months)                                                              $     595
               2000                                                                               2,428
               2001                                                                               2,425
               2002                                                                                 454
                                                                                               --------

                          Total capital lease obligations                                         5,902
               Less amount representing interest                                                   (880)
               Less current portion                                                              (1,211)
                                                                                               --------

                          Long-term capital lease obligations                                   $ 3,811
                                                                                               ========
</TABLE>


6.       SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

               STOCK SPLIT - On July 22,  1999,  the Board of  Directors  of the
       Company  declared a 72,000-for-1  stock split on the Company's  shares of
       common stock. As a result, the Company had 125 million shares authorized,
       72 million shares issued and  outstanding  with a $.01 par value for each
       share of common  stock.  All  references  to shares  outstanding  for the
       successor company have been adjusted retroactively for the stock split.

                                   * * * * * *

                                      F-9

<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors of Savvis Holdings Corporation:

         We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of Savvis
Holdings  Corporation and subsidiaries  (the "Company") as of December 31, 1998,
and the related consolidated statements of operations,  changes in stockholders'
deficit,  and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, such consolidated  financial statements present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of Savvis Holdings Corporation
and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their  operations
and their cash  flows for the year then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.



/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
     St. Louis, Missouri

     August 12, 1999

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors of Savvis Communications Corporation:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated   balance  sheet  of  Savvis
Communications  Corporation and  subsidiaries  (the  "Company"),  a wholly owned
subsidiary  of SAVVIS  Holdings  Corporation,  as of  December  31, 1997 and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  changes in stockholders' equity
(deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December
31, 1997.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects,  the financial position of Savvis Communications  Corporation
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1997
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying  financial  statements have been prepared  assuming the Company
will continue as a going concern.  The Company has incurred operating losses and
has a working capital deficiency. These conditions raise substantial doubt about
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.  The financial  statements
do not include any  adjustments  to reflect the possible  future  effects on the
recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of
liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/       ERNST & YOUNG, LLP
          St. Louis, Missouri
          April 23, 1998

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS                                                                                            1998             1997
                                                                                                  ----             ----
<S>                                                                                           <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                                   $    2,521       $   1,398
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $149 in
    1998 and $128 in 1997                                                                          2,649             623
  Prepaid expenses                                                                                   120             304
  Other current assets                                                                                21              29
                                                                                             -----------       ---------
           Total current assets                                                                    5,311           2,354

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Net (Note 6)                                                              4,753           1,906

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS - Net of accumulated amortization of $423                           1,197              --

OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS                                                                               193              53
                                                                                             -----------       ---------

TOTAL                                                                                         $   11,454       $   4,313
                                                                                             ===========       =========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable                                                                            $    4,498       $   3,993
  Accrued compensation payable                                                                     1,140             326
  Deferred revenue                                                                                    71             359
  Notes payable to bank - current portion (Note 7)                                                    13             220
  Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 7)                                            1,097             318
  Other accrued liabilities                                                                          206             274
                                                                                             -----------       ---------
           Total current liabilities                                                               7,025           5,490

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, LESS CURRENT PORTION (Note 7)                                           1,649             491

NOTES PAYABLE TO BANK (Note 7)                                                                        --              13

SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES (Note 7)                                                                     --           5,400

SENIOR CONVERTIBLE BRIDGE NOTES (Note 7)                                                              --           3,053

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 11)

REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (Note 4):
  Series A, $.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 480,228 issued and
     outstanding in 1997                                                                              --           5,261
  Series A, $.001 par value, 517,410 shares authorized, 502,410
     issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $5,345                                      5,345              --
  Series B, $.001 par value, 5,649,241 shares authorized, 5,649,241
     issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $5,649                                      5,649              --
  Series C, $.001 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized,
     30,000,000 issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $30,000 - net of                26,943              --

STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
  Common stock, $.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized,  1,753,751 issued
    and outstanding in 1998 ($.01 par value, 38,000,00 authorized,
    1,000,894 issued and outstanding in 1997)                                                          2              10
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                       5,954           1,481
  Accumulated deficit                                                                            (40,971)        (16,837)
  Deferred compensation                                                                              (78)             --

  Treasury stock                                                                                     (64)            (49)
                                                                                             -----------       ---------
           Total stockholders' deficit                                                           (35,157)        (15,395)
                                                                                             -----------       ---------
TOTAL                                                                                         $   11,454       $   4,313
                                                                                             ===========       =========
</TABLE>
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1998            1997              1996
                                                                                      ----            ----              ----
<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>                 <C>
REVENUES:
  Service                                                                          $12,827          $2,395              $194
  Installation                                                                         538             317                82
  Other                                                                                309              46                14
                                                                                ----------       ---------           -------

           Total revenue                                                           13,674           2,758               290
                                                                                ----------       ---------           -------

DIRECT COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Data communications and operations                                                20,889          11,072             1,044
  Selling, general and administrative                                               12,245           5,130             1,204
  Depreciation and amortization                                                      2,208             631               153
                                                                                ----------       ---------           -------

        Total direct costs and operating expenses                                   35,342          16,833             2,401
                                                                                ----------       ---------           -------

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS                                                               (21,668)        (14,075)           (2,111)

NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income                                                                      383              --                --
  Interest expense                                                                    (458)           (427)              (60)
                                                                                ----------       ---------           -------

           Total nonoperating income (expense)                                         (75)           (427)              (60)
                                                                                ----------       ---------           -------

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                                           (21,743)        (14,502)           (2,171)

INCOME TAXES (Note 10)                                                                  --              --                --
                                                                                ----------       ---------           -------

NET LOSS                                                                           (21,743)        (14,502)           (2,171)

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS                                                           (1,821)           (151)               --

AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED
  FINANCING COSTS AND DISCOUNT ON
  SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK                                                            (570)             --                --
                                                                                ----------       ---------           -------

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON
  STOCKHOLDERS                                                                 $   (24,134)       $(14,653)          $(2,171)
                                                                                ==========       =========           =======

BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS
  PER COMMON SHARE                                                            $     (16.28)       $ (15.69)         $  (2.42)
                                                                                ==========       =========           =======

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING                                              1,482,151         933,922           895,764
                                                                                ==========       =========           =======
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-13

<PAGE>

SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31 1998, 1997 AND 1996
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF SHARES                                    AMOUNTS
                                                      --------------------------- ----------------------------------------
                                                                                                 ADDITIONAL    DEFERRED
                                                          COMMON      TREASURY       COMMON       PAID-IN      COMPEN-
                                                          STOCK         STOCK        STOCK        CAPITAL       SATION
                                                          -----         -----        -----        -------       ------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996                                   776,050         --       $    8      $      93     $     --
  Issuance of common stock                                 224,844         --            2          1,366           --
  Issuance of common stock upon
    exercise of stock options                                   --         --           --             22           --
  Net loss
                                                        ----------  ---------       ------        -------      -------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                               1,000,894         --           10          1,481           --

  Purchase of shares for treasury                               --    122,838           --             --           --
  Dividends declared on Series A
    Preferred Stock
  Net loss
                                                        ----------  ---------       ------        -------      -------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997                               1,000,894    122,838           10          1,481           --
  Transfer to additional paid-in capital related
    to change in par value                                      --         --           (9)             9           --
  Issuance of common stock                                      50         --           --              1           --
  Issuance of in-the-money options                                                                    171          (78)
  Issuance of common stock for
    acquisition of IXA                                     728,575         --            1            582           --
  Issuance of common stock upon
    exercise of stock options                               24,232         --           --             10           --
  Dividends declared on Series C
    Preferred Stock
  Amortization of deferred financing costs and
    discount on Series C Preferred Stock
  Purchase of shares for treasury                               --      5,000           --             --           --
  Issuance of Series C warrants (Note 3)                        --         --           --          3,700           --
  Net loss                                              ----------  ---------       ------        -------      -------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998                               1,753,751    127,838       $    2      $   5,954     $    (78)
                                                        ==========  =========       ======        =======      =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AMOUNTS                    TOTAL
                                                      ---------------------------    -------------
                                                      ACCUMULATED     TREASURY
                                                        DEFICIT        STOCK
                                                        -------        -----
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996                                $     (13)      $    --       $       88
  Issuance of common stock                                                                 1,368
  Issuance of common stock upon
    exercise of stock options                                  --            --               22
  Net loss                                                 (2,171)           --           (2,171)
                                                       -----------      --------     -----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996                                 (2,184)            --            (693)

  Purchase of shares for treasury                              --            (49)            (49)
  Dividends declared on Series A                             (151)            --            (151)
    Preferred Stock
  Net loss                                                (14,502)            --         (14,502)
                                                       -----------      --------      ----------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997                                (16,837)           (49)        (15,395)

  Transfer to additional paid-in capital related
    to change in par value                                                                    --
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               AMOUNTS                    TOTAL
                                                      ---------------------------    -------------
                                                      ACCUMULATED     TREASURY
                                                        DEFICIT        STOCK
                                                        -------        -----
  <S>                                                     <C>             <C>           <C>
  Issuance of common stock                                     --            --                1
  Issuance of in-the-money options                             --            --               93
  Issuance of common stock for
    acquisition of IXA                                         --            --              583
  Issuance of common stock upon
    exercise of stock options                                  --            --               10
  Dividends declared on Series C
    Preferred Stock                                        (1,821)           --           (1,821)
  Amortization of deferred financing costs and
    discount on Series C Preferred Stock                     (570)           --             (570)
  Purchase of shares for treasury                              --            (15)            (15)
  Issuance of Series C warrants (Note 3)                                                   3,700
  Net loss                                                (21,743)            --         (21,743)
                                                       -----------      --------      ----------


BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998                              $ (40,971)      $    (64)     $  (35,157)
                                                       ===========      ========      ==========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-15

<PAGE>


SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1998              1997             1996
                                                                                   ----              ----             ----

<S>                                                                        <C>               <C>               <C>
 OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 Net loss                                                                     $(21,743)         $(14,502)           $(2,171)
  Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in
    operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                                               2,208               631               153
      Gain on early extinguishment of lease obligations
                                                                                    (18)               --                --
      Compensation expense relating to the issuance
        of options
                                                                                     93                --                --
      Net changes in operating assets and liabilities net of effect of
        acquisition:
          Accounts receivable                                                    (1,885)             (527)
                                                                                                                        (96)
          Other current assets
                                                                                     63                 4               (33)
          Other assets                                                             (141)              (53)               --

          Prepaid expenses                                                          183              (250)
                                                                                                                        (53)
          Accounts payable                                                                          3,316               676
                                                                                     61
          Deferred revenue                                                         (288)              294
                                                                                                                         65
          Other accrued liabilities                                                                   585               166
                                                                                    907
                Net cash used in operating activities                           (20,560)          (10,502)           (1,293)


INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures - net                                                     (1,688)             (697)             (884)
  Acquisition of IXA                                                               (750)               --                --
               Net cash used in investing activities                             (2,438)             (697)             (884)
                                                                                 ------              ----              ----


FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of treasury stock                                                        (15)              (49)               --
  Proceeds from common stock issuance                                                 1                --             1,369
  Exercise of stock options                                                          10                --                22
  Proceeds from Series A preferred stock issuance                                    --               250               500
  Proceeds from Series C preferred stock issuance                                22,500                --                --
  Proceeds from issuance of Series C warrants                                     3,700                --                --
  Payment of Series C deferred financing costs                                   (1,747)               --                --
  Principal payments under capital lease obligations                               (793)             (218)              (20)
  Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible notes                                 --             5,400                --
  Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible
    bridge notes                                                                  1,800             3,053                --
  Principal payments on borrowings from senior
    convertible bridge notes                                                     (1,053)               --                --
  Proceeds from borrowings from notes payable                                        --             3,725               950
  Principal payments on borrowings from bank notes
    payable                                                                        (282)             (137)              (81)
               Net cash provided by financing activities                         24,121            12,024             2,740
</TABLE>

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-16

<PAGE>


SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
(IN THOUSANDS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1998              1997             1996
                                                                                    ----              ----             ----
<S>                                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                       $  1,123          $    825         $   563

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR                                       1,398               573              10
                                                                                --------          --------         -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR                                          $  2,521          $  1,398         $   573
                                                                                ========          ========         =======

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH
  FLOW INFORMATION:
  Non-cash investing and financing activities:
    Debt incurred under capital lease obligations                               $  2,835          $    718         $   277
    Forgiveness of capital lease obligations in
      exchange for property                                                          279                --              --
    Preferred stock dividends                                                      1,821               151              --
    Amortization of financing costs                                                  234                --              --
    Accretion of preferred stock discount                                            336                --              --
    Senior convertible notes exchanged for preferred
      stock                                                                        9,200                --              --
    Issuance of common stock in acquisition of IXA                                   583                --              --
    Cash paid for interest                                                           262               227              24
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.                     (Concluded)

                                      F-17

<PAGE>


SAVVIS HOLDINGS CORPORATION


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.    NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

               BUSINESS -Savvis Holdings Corporation ("Holdings"), together with
      its wholly owned subsidiary,  Savvis  Communications  Corporation ("SCC"),
      and its predecessor  company,  Savvis  Communications  Enterprises  L.L.C.
      ("LLC"),  are referred to herein as the  "Company".  The Company  provides
      high-speed  Internet  access and  high-end  private  Intranet  services to
      corporations  throughout  the  United  States.  The  Company  also  offers
      colocation services, network operations, and related engineering services.

               The  Company's  operations  are  subject  to  certain  risks  and
      uncertainties, including, among others, actual and prospective competition
      by entities with greater  financial and other resources,  risks associated
      with the development of the Internet market,  risks associated with growth
      and domestic  expansion,  risks associated with limited  experience in the
      market,  technology and  regulatory  risks,  and dependence  upon sole and
      limited source suppliers.

               PRINCIPLES  OF   CONSOLIDATION  -  The   consolidated   financial
      statements include the accounts of Holdings, SCC and LLC. On March 4, 1998
      the Company  entered into a transaction,  which is discussed  below,  that
      modified  the  corporate  structure  so that  Holdings  became the holding
      company of SCC.

               On  July  31,  1997,  SCC  formed  the LLC as a  prerequisite  to
      obtaining $5,400 in financing  through the issuance of senior  convertible
      promissory  notes. The LLC functioned as SCC's primary  operating  entity,
      owning  all  customer  contracts  entered  into  in  connection  with  the
      business,  from July 30, 1997 until it was merged back into the Company on
      April 30, 1998.

               Ownership of the LLC was split between  Class B shares,  of which
      SCC owned all  8,750,000  shares,  and Class A shares,  of which the LLC's
      senior convertible promissory noteholders owned all 5,400,000 shares. Both
      classes of stock had equal voting rights and liquidation preferences.  The
      distinction  between  the two was that the Class A shares had  priority to
      the allocation of profits and losses of the LLC up to $5,400.

               No  portion of the 1997 net loss of the LLC was  assigned  to the
      Class A  minority  interest  in the  LLC,  and as  such,  these  financial
      statements  reflect  all of the LLC's 1997 net loss.  This  treatment  was
      deemed  appropriate,  as the  minority  shareholders  interest in the LLC,
      along  with  the  $5,400  in  senior  convertible  promissory  notes,  was
      converted into Series B convertible  preferred  stock of Holdings on March
      4, 1998.  The LLC was  subsequently  merged into SCC on April 30, 1998 and
      SCC's  Class B  shares  in the LLC and  the  senior  noteholders'  Class A
      interest in the LLC were terminated.  See Note 3 for further discussion of
      the corporate reorganization.

               All intercompany  balances and transactions  have been eliminated
      in consolidation.

               CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - All highly liquid  investments with a
      maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

                                      F-18

<PAGE>

               PROPERTY AND  EQUIPMENT - Property and  equipment are recorded at
      cost and depreciated using the straight-line  method over estimated useful
      lives of three to five years.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over
      the term of the related lease.

               OTHER  ASSETS - Other  assets  consist  primarily of deposits for
      network services.

               EQUIPMENT  UNDER CAPITAL  LEASES - The Company  leases certain of
      its data  communications  equipment  and other fixed assets under  capital
      lease  agreements.  The assets and  liabilities  under capital  leases are
      recorded at the lesser of the present  value of aggregate  future  minimum
      lease payments,  including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair
      value of the assets under lease.  Assets  under these  capital  leases are
      amortized over the terms of the leases, which are generally three years.

               GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS - Goodwill is being amortized over
      ten years  and  intangible  assets  over one to two  years,  all using the
      straight-line  method. The goodwill life was determined at the acquisition
      date based on market and industry factors.

               LONG-LIVED  ASSETS - The Company  periodically  evaluates the net
      realizable  value  of  long-lived  assets,  including  intangible  assets,
      goodwill  and  property  and  equipment,  relying  on a number of  factors
      including  operating  results,  business plans,  economic  projections and
      anticipated  future cash flows.  An impairment in the carrying value of an
      asset is recognized  when the expected  future  operating cash flows to be
      derived from the asset are less than its carrying value. In addition,  the
      Company's  evaluation  considers  nonfinancial data such as market trends,
      product  and  development  cycles,  and  changes  in  management's  market
      emphasis.  There has been no impairment  recognized during the years ended
      1998, 1997 and 1996.

               FAIR  VALUE  OF  FINANCIAL   INSTRUMENTS  -  The  fair  value  of
      borrowings  are  estimated  by  discounting  the future  cash flows  using
      borrowing rates for similar arrangements with similar maturities.

               REVERSE  STOCK  SPLIT  - On  September  4,  1997,  the  Board  of
      Directors of the Company  declared a 1-for-20  reverse  stock split on the
      Company's  shares of common and Series A preferred stock. The par value of
      shares of common and Series A  preferred  stock  remained  $0.01 per share
      until the formation of Savvis Holdings in March of 1998, at which time the
      par value  changed to $0.001 per share.  All  references  in the financial
      statements  referring to shares, per share amounts,  options, and warrants
      have been adjusted retroactively for the reverse stock split.

               REVENUE  RECOGNITION  - Service  revenues  consist  primarily  of
      monthly  Internet  access service fees,  which are fixed monthly  amounts.
      Services were billed one month in advance in both 1997 and 1996.  Services
      were  billed in the current  month  beginning  in March of 1998.  Payments
      received in advance of providing  services  are deferred  until the period
      such services are provided.  Equipment sales and installation  charges are
      recognized when equipment is delivered and installation is completed.

               ADVERTISING COSTS - Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

               INCOME  TAXES  -  SCC  was  originally   incorporated   as  an  S
      Corporation  under the  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code.  Under S
      Corporation  provisions,  SCC  generally  did not pay any federal or state
      corporate  income tax on its taxable income.  Instead,  SCC's taxable loss
      was reported by the stockholders on their  individual  income tax returns.
      Effective  November  12,  1996,  SCC  changed  its  tax  status  from an S
      Corporation to a C Corporation.  Accordingly, income taxes for the Company
      for fiscal 1998 and 1997 are  accounted  for under the  liability  method,
      which  provides  for  the   establishment   of  deferred  tax  assets  and
      liabilities for the net tax effects of

                                      F-19

<PAGE>

      temporary   differences   between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and
      liabilities for financial reporting purposes and for income tax purposes.

               EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS - The Company  accounts for employee stock
      options in accordance with Accounting  Principles  Board (APB) Opinion No.
      25,  Accounting  for Stock  Issued to  Employees.  Under APB No.  25,  the
      Company  recognizes  compensation cost based on the intrinsic value of the
      equity instrument awarded as determined at grant date. The Company is also
      subject to disclosure requirements under Statement of Financial Accounting
      Standards ("SFAS") No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation which
      requires pro forma  information as if the fair value method  prescribed by
      SFAS No. 123 had been applied (see Note 9).

               NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS - In June 1997, the Financial Accounting
      Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued   Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
      Standards  ("SFAS") No. 131,  Disclosures  about Segments of an Enterprise
      and Related  Information,  which  establishes  standards  for the way that
      public  enterprises  report information about operating segments in annual
      financial  statements and requires that those enterprises  report selected
      information about operating  segments in interim financial reports issued.
      SFAS No. 131 is effective for years beginning after December 15, 1997. The
      statement  has not had an  impact  on the  Company's  financial  statement
      disclosures as its financial  statements  reflect how the "chief operating
      decision maker" manages the business, i.e., as a single segment.

               In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive
      Income,  which  establishes  standards  for the  reporting  and display of
      comprehensive income and its components in the financial statements.  SFAS
      No. 130 is effective  for years  beginning  after  December 15, 1997.  The
      statement has not had an impact on the Company's  financial  statements as
      the Company has no other comprehensive income to report.

               In February 1997,  FASB issued SFAS No. 128,  Earnings Per Share,
      which replaced primary and fully diluted earnings per share with basic and
      diluted  earnings per share.  SFAS No. 128 is  effective  for years ending
      after  December 31, 1997.  All loss per share amounts for all periods have
      been  presented to conform to SFAS No. 128. All stock options and warrants
      outstanding  have been excluded from the  computation  of diluted loss per
      share, as their effect would be antidilutive, and accordingly, there is no
      reconciliation  between  basic and diluted  loss per share for each of the
      years presented.

               In  April  1998,  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public
      Accountants  issued Statement of Position  ("SOP") 98-5,  Reporting on the
      Costs of Start-Up Activities.  This standard requires companies to expense
      the costs of start-up  activities and organization  costs as incurred.  In
      general,  SOP 98-5 is effective for fiscal years  beginning after December
      15,  1998.  The  adoption  of SOP 98-5 is not  expected to have a material
      impact on the Company's results of operations.

               In June 1998, FASB issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
      Instruments  and Hedging  Activities,  which  establishes  accounting  and
      reporting  standards for derivative  instruments  and hedging  activities.
      SFAS No. 133 was amended by SFAS No. 137,  which delays the effective date
      of SFAS No.  133 to fiscal  years and  quarters  beginning  after June 15,
      2000.  SFAS No. 133 requires that an entity  recognize all  derivatives as
      either assets or  liabilities  in the statement of financial  position and
      measure  those  instruments  at fair value.  The Company is assessing  the
      requirements  of SFAS No. 133 and the  effects,  if any, on the  Company's
      financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

               CONCENTRATIONS  OF  CREDIT  RISK  -  Financial  instruments  that
      potentially  subject the Company to  concentrations of credit risk consist
      principally of accounts receivable.  This risk is limited due to the large
      number of customers  comprising  the Company's  customer base. The

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

      Company  periodically  reviews  the credit  quality of its  customers  and
      generally does not require collateral.

               USE OF ESTIMATES - The  preparation  of financial  statements  in
      conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles   requires
      management  to make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the amounts
      reported  in the  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Actual
      results could differ from those estimates.

               RECLASSIFICATIONS  - Certain 1997 and 1996  information  has been
      reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.

2.       SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

               PURCHASE BY BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS,  INC. - On April 7, 1999,
      the Company was purchased by Bridge Information Systems,  Inc. ("Bridge").
      Pursuant to the terms of the  transaction,  Bridge issued 3,250,000 shares
      of Bridge common stock in exchange for all outstanding equity interests of
      the Company.  To effect the  transaction,  the Series A, B and C Preferred
      Shareholders received their respective  liquidation  preferences (see Note
      4) in the form of Bridge  common  stock.  The  Company's  Series C warrant
      holders also  exercised  their  warrants and  participated  with the other
      common shareholders and employee option holders in exchanging their common
      shares for remaining  Bridge common shares.  Series A warrant  holders and
      those  holding  common  warrants  with a strike price per warrant of $4.13
      exchanged  their  warrants for warrants to purchase  Bridge  common stock.
      Company  stock options  outstanding  at the date of the  transaction  were
      converted into options to purchase Bridge common stock.  Subsequent to the
      purchase,  Bridge has the intent to support and fund  operations of Savvis
      throughout fiscal year 1999.

               STOCK SPLIT - On July 22,  1999,  the Board of  Directors  of the
      Company  declared a  72,000-for-1  stock split on the Company's  shares of
      common stock. As a result,  the Company had 125 million shares authorized,
      72 million  shares issued and  outstanding  with a $.01 par value for each
      share of common stock.  Due to the acquisition by Bridge,  the stock split
      has not been reflected in the financial statements.

                STOCK  OPTION  ACTIVITY - Also on July 22, 1999,  the  Company's
      Board of  Directors  adopted  a new stock  option  plan and  authorized  8
      million  stock  options to be  granted  under the plan.  Between  July and
      October 1999, the Company granted options to purchase  3,674,000 shares of
      the its common stock to certain employees of Bridge  Information  Systems,
      Inc. In that same period,  the Company  granted  options to purchase up to
      2,575,250  shares of its common stock to certain  employees.  All of these
      options were granted  pursuant to the 1999 Stock Option Plan. On that same
      date, the Company  offered its employees an election to convert options to
      purchase 236,882 shares of common stock of Bridge into options to purchase
      236,882 shares of common stock of Savvis.

               PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  (UNAUDITED) - On September 10, 1999,  Bridge,
      100% parent of Savvis,  sold in a private  placement  18,129,721 shares of
      Savvis common stock to Bridge shareholders.

                                      F-21

<PAGE>


3.       CORPORATE REORGANIZATION AND FINANCING TRANSACTIONS

               The  Company  was  originally  organized  in  November  1995  and
      operated as SCC.  Subsequently,  the Company  entered  into the  following
      transactions:

               In 1996,  SCC  issued  46,996  shares  of  Series  A  convertible
      preferred  stock at a price of $10.64 per share.  In conjunction  with the
      issuance,  175,047  warrants  to purchase  Series A  preferred  stock were
      issued. The warrants had an exercise period of five years from the date of
      issue at an exercise price of $10.64,  which approximated the market value
      of the stock at the date of issuance.

               Between  February  7 and  July 31,  1997,  SCC  entered  into the
      following transactions:

      o           Issuance of convertible  notes to investors  totaling  $3,700.
                  These notes, along with a $500 convertible note issued in 1996
                  plus accrued  interest,  were converted into 409,736 shares of
                  Series A convertible  preferred stock at a price of $10.64 per
                  share on July 31,  1997.  The  175,047  warrants  to  purchase
                  Series A preferred  stock were canceled upon conversion of the
                  notes on July 31, 1997.


               On July 31, 1997, SCC formed the LLC,  which  functioned as SCC's
      primary   operating   entity,   as  a   prerequisite   for  the  following
      transactions:

      o           Issuance  of  senior  convertible  notes  (senior  notes)  for
                  $5,400.  In return  for  lending  the LLC  $5,400,  the senior
                  noteholders received 5.4 million Class A shares of the LLC for
                  an  aggregate  nominal  fee of $1,000.  The senior  notes were
                  unsecured, accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum, and had
                  a term of five years.

               Between  October 31 and December  31, 1997,  LLC entered into the
      following transactions:

      o           Issuance of $3,100 in senior convertible bridge notes ("senior
                  bridge notes").
      o           Issuance   of  349,228   five-year   detachable   warrants  in
                  conjunction with the issuance of the senior bridge notes. (See
                  discussion below regarding subsequent exchange)
      o           Issuance of 23,496  shares of Series A  convertible  preferred
                  stock at a price of $10.64 per share.

               During 1998 an additional  $1,800 of LLC senior bridge notes were
      issued.

               On March 3, 1998, the Company's owners formed  Holdings.  At this
      time, Holdings entered into the following transactions:

      o           Issuance  of  502,410  shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock in
                  Holdings in exchange  for all  outstanding  Series A Preferred
                  Stock of SCC (480,228 shares) plus accrued dividends.
      o           Issuance of 15,000  warrants  to  purchase  Series A Preferred
                  Stock of Holdings at $10.64 per share in exchange for an equal
                  amount of Series A  Preferred  Stock  Warrants of SCC with the
                  same strike  price.  The  exercise  period for these  warrants
                  expires on May 29, 2002.
      o           Conversion  of $5,400 in senior notes and accrued  interest of
                  $249 to  5,649,241  Class B shares of the LLC.  These  Class B
                  shares were then immediately  exchanged for an equal number of
                  shares of Series B Preferred Stock in Holdings. In conjunction
                  with the  transaction,  the 5.4 million  Class A shares of the
                  LLC were cancelled.
      o           Issuance  of  1,606,682  shares of $.001 par  common  stock of
                  Holdings in exchange  for all of the $.01 par common  stock of
                  SCC.

                                      F-22

<PAGE>

      o           Issuance of 22,000,000  shares of Class C Preferred  Stock and
                  7,578,506   detachable  Series  C  common  stock  warrants  of
                  Holdings  for  $18,200 in cash and  exchange  of $3,800 of LLC
                  senior  bridge notes.  The remaining  senior bridge notes were
                  repaid from the proceeds of the financing.
      o           Issuance of 349,228  warrants to  purchase  common  stock at a
                  strike  price of $4.13 were  exchanged  for an equal amount of
                  warrants to purchase  common stock of SCC with the same strike
                  price.  The  warrants  expire on the earlier of ten years from
                  the date of issuance or five years from the date of an initial
                  public offering.


               On July 1, 1998,  Holdings issued an additional  8,000,000 shares
      of Series C Preferred Stock and 2,755,821 detachable common stock warrants
      for $8,000 in cash.

               The Company, based on an independent  valuation,  assigned $3,700
      to the value of the detachable  Series C common stock  warrants  issued in
      the March 1998 and July 1998  transactions.  The $3,700 was  recorded as a
      discount on the  preferred  stock and an increase  in  additional  paid in
      capital. Financing costs of $1,800 were recorded as a discount against the
      preferred stock.  This resulted in $24,600 of value assigned to the Series
      C Preferred Stock, with the difference  between such value and the $30,000
      redemption  value being amortized  through the mandatory  redemption date.
      Amortization is being charged to accumulated deficit.

4.        REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK WARRANTS


               HOLDINGS  SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK - The Series A Preferred ranks
      junior to the Series C Preferred and the Series B Preferred, but senior to
      all other classes of stock as to liquidation,  dividends, redemptions, and
      any other  payment or  distribution  with  respect to capital  stock.  The
      Series A Preferred  shall be redeemed on December 31, 2003,  after (i) all
      shares of Series C Preferred  have been redeemed by payment in full of the
      aggregate Series C liquidation  preference and (ii) all shares of Series B
      Preferred have been redeemed by payment in full of the aggregate  Series B
      redemption  price.  The mandatory  redemption  price for each share of the
      Series  A  Preferred  shall  be  equal  to the  greater  of the  Series  A
      liquidation  preference or the fair market value per share of the Series A
      Preferred,   as  determined  in  accordance   with  the   Certificate   of
      Incorporation.  Holders of the Series A  Preferred  shall be  entitled  to
      convert  each share of Series A  Preferred  into  3.5946  shares of common
      stock.  The  Series  A  conversion  ratio  is  subject  to  adjustment  in
      connection  with certain  issuances of capital stock of the holders and as
      otherwise set forth in the  Certificate of  Incorporation.  Each holder of
      Series A  Preferred  shall be  required  to  convert  all of its shares of
      Series A Preferred,  at the then-effective Series A conversion ratio, upon
      (i) the vote of 66 2/3 percent of the then-outstanding  shares of Series A
      Preferred  or (ii) upon the demand of the Company in  connection  with the
      public  offering  and sale of  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Company
      resulting  in gross  proceeds  of at least  $10,000.  Holders  of Series A
      Preferred  shall be  entitled  to vote on all  matters on which the common
      stockholders  may vote. Each share of Series A Preferred shall be entitled
      to 3.5946  votes.  The Series A  Preferred  holders  are not  entitled  to
      dividends.

               HOLDINGS  SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK - The Series B Preferred ranks
      junior to the Series C Preferred,  but senior to all other  classes of the
      Company's stock as to liquidation,  dividends,  redemptions, and any other
      payment  or  distribution  with  respect to  capital  stock.  The Series B
      Preferred  shall be  redeemed  on  December  31,  2003 after all shares of
      Series C Preferred  have been redeemed by payment in full of the aggregate
      Series C liquidation  preference.  The mandatory redemption price for each
      share of the  Series B  Preferred  shall  be equal to the  greater  of the
      Series B liquidation  preference or the then-applicable  fair market value
      per share of the Series B Preferred,  as determined in accordance with the
      Certificate  of  Incorporation.  At any  time,  holders

                                      F-23

<PAGE>

      of the Series B  Preferred  shall be  entitled  to  convert  each share of
      Series B  Preferred  into  0.337838  share of common  stock.  The Series B
      conversion  ratio is subject to  adjustment  in  connection  with  certain
      issuances of capital  stock of the Company and as  otherwise  set forth in
      the Certificate of Incorporation.  Each holder of Series B Preferred shall
      be  required to convert  all of its shares of Series B  Preferred,  at the
      then-effective  Series  B  conversion  ratio,  upon (i) the vote of 66 2/3
      percent  of the  then-outstanding  shares  of Series B  Preferred  and the
      Series A Preferred (voting together as a class) or (ii) upon the demand of
      the Company in connection  with the public  offering and sale of shares of
      capital  stock of the  Company  resulting  in gross  proceeds  of at least
      $10,000.  Holders of Series B  Preferred  shall be entitled to vote on all
      matters on which the common  stockholders may vote. Each share of Series B
      Preferred  shall be entitled to  approximately  0.33784 vote. The Series B
      Preferred holders are not entitled to dividends.

               HOLDINGS  SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK - The Series C Preferred ranks
      senior to all other  classes of stock of the  Company  as to  liquidation,
      dividends,  redemptions,  and any  other  payments  and has a  liquidation
      preference  equal to the Series C price per share of $1 plus  accrued  and
      unpaid dividends ("liquidation preference"). Dividends accrue quarterly at
      8 percent  and may be paid in cash,  and to the  extent  not paid in cash,
      such dividends will be added to the liquidation preference of the Series C
      Preferred  for  the  first  five  years  at the  option  of  the  Company;
      thereafter  dividends are payable in cash. The Series C Preferred shall be
      redeemed  on  December  31,  2003  at  a  mandatory  price  equal  to  the
      liquidation  preference.  The  Company  is  required,  upon the  demand of
      holders of at least 25 percent of the outstanding  Series C Preferred,  to
      redeem all of the Series C Preferred upon a change of control,  failure to
      make any required  dividend  payments,  and certain  other  conditions  as
      defined in the agreement.  The Company has the option to redeem the Series
      C  Preferred  in whole or in part upon ten  business  days'  notice for an
      amount equal to the liquidation preference.  Holders of Series C Preferred
      shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the common  stockholders
      may vote and are  entitled to 0.34448  vote per share.  In  addition,  the
      Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that  for so long as at  least 1
      million  shares of Series C Preferred are  outstanding,  the holders of 66
      2/3 percent of the Series C  Preferred  shall be entitled to elect four of
      the Company's seven directors.

               SCC SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK - SCC Series A Preferred,  which was
      exchanged  on March 4, 1998 for Holdings  Series A Preferred  plus accrued
      dividends, ranked senior to all other then outstanding classes of stock as
      to  liquidation,   dividends,   redemptions,  and  any  other  payment  or
      distribution  with respect to capital  stock.  The Series A Preferred  was
      redeemable  beginning  February  2002 and  continuing  through 2004 at the
      mandatory  redemption price. The mandatory redemption price for each share
      of the  Series A  Preferred  was  equal  to the  greater  of the  Series A
      original issuance price or the fair market value per share of the Series A
      Preferred,   as  determined  in  accordance   with  the   Certificate   of
      Incorporation,  plus  accrued and unpaid  dividends.  Effective  August 1,
      1997,  the terms of the Series A  Preferred  were  amended to entitle  the
      holders to a dividend rate of 8 percent per annum on the Original Series A
      Issuance Price. Holders of the Series A Preferred were entitled to convert
      each  share of  Series A  Preferred  into such  number  of fully  paid and
      nonassessable  shares  of  common  stock as  determined  by  dividing  the
      Original Series A Issuance Price ($10.64) by the conversion  price of such
      series  (Series A Conversion  Price) in effect at the time of  conversion.
      The initial Series A Conversion  Price per share was the Original Series A
      Issuance Price, subject to certain adjustment provisions of the Agreement.
      Each  holder of Series A  Preferred  was  required  to convert  all of its
      shares of Series A Preferred,  at the  then-effective  Series A conversion
      ratio,  upon (i)  written  consent of 70  percent of the  then-outstanding
      shares of Series A  Preferred  or (ii) upon the  demand of the  Company in
      connection with the public offering and sale of shares of capital stock of
      the Company  resulting in gross proceeds of at least  $10,000.  Holders of
      Series A  Preferred  were  entitled  to vote on all  matters  on which the
      common  stockholders  could  vote.  Each share of Series A  Preferred  was
      entitled  to the  number of votes  equal to the number of shares of Common
      Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred were convertible.

                                      F-24

<PAGE>

               See  Note  2 for  discussion  of  the  redemption  of  all of the
      Holdings Preferred Stock subsequent to December 31, 1998.

               COMMON STOCK WARRANTS - SCC issued  349,228  warrants to purchase
      common  stock at a strike  price of $4.13 per  warrant in October  1997 in
      conjunction  with the issuance of the senior bridge notes.  These warrants
      were  subsequently  exchanged  for an equal amount of warrants to purchase
      common  stock  of  Holdings  with  the  same  strike  price  and  remained
      outstanding as of December 31, 1998. The warrants expire on the earlier of
      10 years  from  the date of  issuance  or five  years  from the date of an
      initial public offering.  Management believes the value of the warrants is
      insignificant.

               SERIES C WARRANTS - In  connection  with the issuance of Series C
      Preferred  Stock in March and July of 1998, the Company issued  10,334,327
      of  detachable  warrants to purchase  common stock of the Company for $.01
      per share. The warrants were assigned a value of $3,700.  The warrants are
      exercisable  at any  time  except  that no more  than  75  percent  of the
      warrants are  exercisable  prior to March 3, 2000. The warrants  expire 10
      years from date of  issuance.  The  warrants  provide,  subject to certain
      clawback  provisions  in the event of a  qualified  public  offering,  the
      Series C Preferred  holders with 44.88  percent of the common stock of the
      Company on a fully diluted basis.  All Series C warrants were  outstanding
      as of December 31, 1998.

               SERIES A WARRANTS - SCC issued 15,000 warrants to purchase Series
      A  Preferred  shares  of the  Company  for  $10.64  per  share to  certain
      investors and consultants for the performance of services on May 28, 1997.
      These warrants  vested  immediately.  Compensation  expense  recorded with
      respect  to  these  warrants  was  $160  in  1997.   These  warrants  were
      subsequently  exchanged  for an  identical  number of warrants to purchase
      Series A  Preferred  shares  of  Holdings  on March 4,  1998 and  remained
      outstanding as of December 31, 1998.

5.       BUSINESS COMBINATION

               On March 4, 1998,  the Company  acquired  all of the  outstanding
      shares of  Interconnected  Associates,  Inc.  ("IXA") for $750 in cash and
      728,575  shares  of the  Company's  common  stock.  IXA,  which  commenced
      operations  in 1994,  was a regional  Internet  service  provider  serving
      approximately  200 customers from facilities in Seattle and Portland.  The
      acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

                                      F-25

<PAGE>


               A summary of the cash and non-cash  components of the acquisition
      is as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
               Fair value of intangible assets acquired, including goodwill                                $1,620
               Fair value of property acquired                                                                369
               Net liabilities assumed                                                                       (656)
                                                                                                         --------

                          Total purchase price                                                              1,333

               Fair value of common stock issued                                                             (583)
                                                                                                         --------

                          Total cash paid                                                                $    750
                                                                                                         ========
</TABLE>

               The  following  summarized  pro  forma  (unaudited)   information
      assumes  that the  acquisition  consummated  in 1998 had  occurred  at the
      beginning of each period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1998              1997
                                                                             ----              ----
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>
                         Revenues                                       $  13,903        $   4,474

                         Net loss                                        (22,020)         (14,494)
</TABLE>

               In  management's  opinion,  the pro  forma  combined  results  of
      operations  are not  indicative  of the  actual  results  that  would have
      occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of that time or of future
      operations of the combined  companies under the ownership and operation of
      the Company.

6.       PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

               Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            1998              1997
                                                                                            ----              ----
<S>                                                                                      <C>               <C>
                Computer equipment                                                       $   837           $   259
                Communications equipment                                                   1,771             1,000
                Purchased software                                                           182               104
                Furniture and fixtures                                                       383                58
                Leasehold improvements                                                       217                88
                Equipment under capital lease obligations                                  3,553               995
                                                                                       ---------           -------

                                                                                           6,943             2,504
                Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                            (2,190)             (598)
                                                                                       ---------          --------

                                                                                         $ 4,753            $1,906
                                                                                       =========          ========
</TABLE>

               Effective  January 1, 1998,  the Company  decreased the estimated
      remaining useful lives of its computer equipment, communications equipment
      and software  from five years to three years to more  closely  reflect the
      actual  service lives of such  equipment.  The effect of the change was to
      increase  depreciation  expense and net loss by approximately $486 for the
      year ended December 31, 1998.

                                      F-26

<PAGE>

               Accumulated  amortization  for equipment under capital leases for
      1998 and 1997 was $831 and $209,  respectively.  Amortization  expense for
      1998, 1997 and 1996 was $814, $186 and $23, respectively.

7.       NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

               Notes  payable and  convertible  notes  payable  consisted of the
      following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 1998          1997
                                                                                                 ----          ----
<S>                                                                                            <C>         <C>
           Senior convertible notes, interest at 8%, converted to Series
             B preferred stock of Holdings on March 4, 1998                                      $ --        $5,400

           Senior convertible bridge notes, interest at 8%, converted
             to Series C preferred stock of Holdings on March 4, 1998                              --         3,053

           Note payable to bank, interest at 9.375%, monthly principal
            and interest payments of $6, matured February 14, 1999                                 13            85

           Note payable to bank, interest at 9.25%, monthly principal
             and interest payments of $8, matured August 1, 1999                                                148
                                                                                             --------      --------

                                                                                                   13         8,686

           Less current portion                                                                   (13)         (220)
                                                                                             --------      --------
           Long-term portion                                                             $         --       $ 8,466
                                                                                             ========      ========
</TABLE>

               The  carrying  value  of the  notes  approximates  fair  value at
      December 31, 1998 and 1997.  The senior notes and senior bridge notes were
      unsecured,  accrued  interest at a rate of 8% per annum, and had a term of
      five  years.  See  Note 3 for  discussion  of  the  conversion  of  senior
      convertible  and senior  bridge  notes.  The notes payable to the bank are
      secured by  property  and  equipment  purchased  with the  proceeds  and a
      general lien on the assets of the Company. The note bearing the 9.25% rate
      was paid off during 1998.

               The Company leases various equipment under capital leases.

               Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  capital  leases  are  as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
                1999                                                                                     $  1,343
                2000                                                                                        1,187
                2001                                                                                          614
                                                                                                          -------

                           Total capital lease obligations                                                  3,144
                Less amount representing interest                                                            (398)
                Less current portion                                                                       (1,097)
                                                                                                          -------

                           Long-term capital lease obligations                                           $  1,649
                                                                                                          =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-27

<PAGE>

8.       EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS

               Prior to 1997, the Company granted non-qualified stock options to
      its employees as directed by the Company's Board of Directors.  In January
      1997, the Company  established the 1997 stock option plan,  under which it
      is authorized to grant up to 500,000 of either  incentive stock options or
      non-qualified  stock  options  to it  employees.  Options  under this plan
      become exercisable over a three-year vesting period from the date of grant
      and expire ten years after the date of grant.  The Company  issued 204,658
      options under this plan during 1997.

               Additionally,  on July 8, 1997,  the Company  granted an employee
      20,000 options to purchase the Company's  common stock at $2.96 per share.
      These options vested immediately and have a ten-year life.

               Effective  October 15,  1997,  the  Company's  Board of Directors
      amended  and  restated  the  1997  stock  option  plan and  authorized  an
      additional  381,431  options to be granted under the plan. As part of this
      amendment,  the Board of Directors  authorized the existing option holders
      to exchange  their options for incentive  stock options priced at $.40 per
      share, with a vesting period of four years from the employee's start date.
      The incentive  options vest 6/48 six months from the employee's start date
      and then 1/48  monthly  thereafter.  Accordingly,  options with respect to
      233,547  shares of the  Company's  common  stock were  cancelled,  and new
      options  with  respect to the same number of shares were  granted  with an
      exercise price of $.40 per share, the existing estimated fair market value
      of the Company's  common stock at the time. An additional  541,308 options
      were  also  granted  during  1997  under the same  terms as the  incentive
      options.  Two option holders,  representing 6,032 options,  elected not to
      exchange, and accordingly,  these options remained outstanding under their
      original terms at the end of 1997. Of these options,  5,432 were forfeited
      during 1998.

               In 1998, the Company's  Board of Directors  established  the 1998
      stock  option  plan,  under which it  authorized  to grant  2,812,834  and
      granted 2,326,371  options.  These options vest on varying bases over four
      years beginning at the later date of six months after the employee's start
      date or the grant date, and expire 10 years from the grant date.

               The Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting
      for Stock Issued to Employees  ("APB 25") and related  interpretations  in
      accounting  for its employee  stock option plans.  Under the provisions of
      APB 25, compensation  expense is recognized to the extent the value of the
      Company's  stock  exceeds  the  exercise  price of  options at the date of
      grant. During 1998, the Company recognized $93 of compensation expense for
      option  grants in 1998 with strike prices that were below the value of the
      Company's stock.

               Pro forma  information  regarding  net income is required by SFAS
      No. 123 and has been  determined  as if the Company had  accounted for its
      employee  stock  options  under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. The
      fair value of these  options was  estimated at the date of grant using the
      minimum value method.  Under this method,  the expected  volatility of the
      Company's  common  stock is not  estimated,  as there is no market for the
      Company's  common stock in which to monitor  stock price  volatility.  The
      calculation  of the fair value of the  options  granted in 1998,  1997 and
      1996 assumes a risk-free interest rate of 5.0 percent, 6.2 percent and 6.7
      percent,  respectively, an assumed dividend yield of zero, and an expected
      life of the options of three  years.  The  weighted  average fair value of
      options  granted was $.17, $.07 and $.03 per share in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
      respectively.  For purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the estimated fair
      value of the options is amortized  to expense  over the  options'  vesting
      periods.

                                      F-28

<PAGE>

               Had  compensation  cost for the Company's  stock option plan been
      determined  consistent  with the  provisions  of SFAS No. 123 based on the
      fair value at the grant date,  the Company's pro forma net loss would have
      been increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1998              1997             1996
                                                                        ----              ----             ----
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>               <C>
                Net loss:
                  As reported                                       $(21,743)         $(14,502)         $(2,171)
                  Pro forma                                         $(21,773)         $(14,516)         $(2,171)

                Basic and diluted net loss per share:
                  As reported                                        $(16.28)          $(15.69)          $(2.42)
                  Pro forma                                          $(14.69)          $(15.71)          $(2.42)
</TABLE>

               The following  tables  summarizes  stock option  activity for the
      three years ended December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NUMBER OF                           WEIGHTED
                                                                             SHARES             PRICE          AVERAGE
                                                                           OF COMMON             PER           EXERCISE
                                                                         STOCK OPTIONS          SHARE           PRICE
                                                                         -------------          -----          --------
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>
         Balance, December 31, 1995                                                 --     $                 $       --
           Granted                                                              41,129            .20              0.20
                                                                            ----------
         Balance, December 31, 1996                                             41,129            .20              0.20
           Granted                                                             999,513    .40 -  2.96              0.67
           Forfeited                                                            (6,208)          1.20              1.20
           Cancelled                                                          (233,547)   .20 -  1.60              1.29
                                                                            ----------
         Balance, December 31, 1997                                            800,887    .20 -  2.96              0.46
           Granted                                                           2,326,371    .30 -   .80              0.73
           Exercised                                                           (24,232)           .40              0.40
           Forfeited                                                          (187,700)   .20 -   .80              0.38
                                                                            ----------

         Balance, December 31, 1998                                          2,915,326   $.30 - $2.96         $    0.67
                                                                            ==========
         Options exercisable at December 31, 1996                                   --                        $      --
                                                                            ==========

         Options exercisable at December 31, 1997                              184,008   $.20 - $2.96         $    0.68
                                                                            ==========
         Options exercisable at December 31, 1998                              709,881   $.30 - $2.96         $    0.50
                                                                            ==========
</TABLE>


                                      F-29

<PAGE>


               The  following  table  summarizes  information  about the options
      outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                                OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                 -----------------------------------------                ---------------------------
                                   WEIGHTED     WEIGHTED                                  WEIGHTED
                                    AVERAGE      AVERAGE                                   AVERAGE
                                   REMAINING    EXERCISE                                  EXERCISE
                     SHARES          LIFE         PRICE                       SHARES        PRICE
                     ------          ----         -----                       ------        -----
                <S>              <C>           <C>                      <C>               <C>
                     342,696          9.93          0.30                     310,437           0.30
                     657,855          8.81          0.40                     261,301           0.40
                   1,894,175          9.59          0.80                     117,889           0.80
                         600          8.08          1.60                         254           1.60
                      20,000          8.50          2.96                      20,000           2.96
                   ---------                                                --------
                   2,915,326          9.51         $0.67                     709,881          $0.50
                   =========                                                ========
</TABLE>

9.       EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PROGRAM

               The Company sponsors an employee savings plan that qualifies as a
      defined  contribution  arrangement  under  Section  401(k) of the Internal
      Revenue Code. Participating employees may contribute a percentage of their
      base salary,  subject to certain limitations.  The plan was put into place
      during 1998 and the Company made no contributions to the plan during 1998.

10.      INCOME TAXES

               No  provision  for income  taxes was provided for the years ended
      December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 as the potential deferred tax benefit of
      $6,853, $3,044, and $208,  respectively,  resulting primarily from the net
      operating  losses,  was fully offset by a provision to provide a valuation
      allowance against such deferred tax benefit.

               The components of deferred  income tax assets and liabilities are
      as follows at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1998              1997
                                                                                         ----              ----
<S>                                                                                   <C>                <C>
                Deferred tax assets:
                  Net operating loss carryforwards                                    $ 10,215           $ 3,234
                  Other                                                                     87                44
                                                                                  ------------        ----------
                           Gross deferred tax assets                                    10,302             3,278

                Deferred tax liabilities:
                  Intangible assets                                                      (109)                --
                  Other                                                                   (88)               (26)
                                                                                 -------------       -----------
                           Net deferred tax assets                                      10,105             3,252
                Valuation allowances                                                   (10,105)           (3,252)
                                                                                 -------------       -----------

                                                                                 $          --      $         --
                                                                                 =============       ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-30

<PAGE>

               At December 31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company  recorded a valuation
      allowance  of $10,105 and $3,252,  respectively,  against the net deferred
      tax  asset  due  to  the  uncertainty  of its  ultimate  realization.  The
      valuation allowance increased by $6,853 from December 31, 1997 to December
      31, 1998 and by $3,044 from December 31, 1996 to December 31, 1997.

               Section  382  of  the  Internal   Revenue  Code   restricts   the
      utilization  of net operating  losses and other  carryover tax  attributes
      upon the occurrence of an ownership change, as defined.  Such an ownership
      change  occurred  during 1998 as a result of the corporate  reorganization
      and  financing   transactions  (see  Note  3).  Management  believes  such
      limitation  will not  restrict  the  Company's  ability to utilize the net
      operating losses over the 20-year carryforward period.

               At December 31, 1998,  the Company has  approximately  $30,000 in
      U.S.  Federal net operating loss  carryforwards  expiring between 2011 and
      2018.

               The effective income tax rate differed from the statutory federal
      income tax rate as follows for December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1998       1997      1996
                                                                                        ----       ----      ----
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>       <C>
                Pretax loss                                                              34%        34%       34%
                Federal income tax portion of changes in valuation allowance
                                                                                        (32)       (16)       (10)
                Minority interest in net operating loss                                  (1)       (18)
                S Corporation loss                                                                            (24)
                Other - net                                                              (1)        (0)        (0)
                                                                                      -----      -----     ------

                Effective income tax rate                                                 0%         0%        0%
                                                                                      =====      =====     ======
</TABLE>

11.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

               The Company  leases  communications  equipment  and office  space
      under various operating leases.  Future minimum lease payments at December
      31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     NETWORK           OTHER           OFFICE
                                                    EQUIPMENT        EQUIPMENT         SPACE             TOTAL
                                                    ---------        ---------         -----             -----
             <S>                               <C>               <C>            <C>               <C>
                1999                                  $   378            $158           $1,106            $1,642
                2000                                    1,115             126            1,086             2,327
                2001                                                      101              906             1,007
                2002                                                       38              918               956
                2003                                                       13              932               945
                Thereafter                                                                 901               901
                                                    ---------          ------         --------           -------

                           Total                      $ 1,493            $436           $5,849            $7,778
                                                    =========          ======         ========           =======
</TABLE>

               Rental  expense  under  operating  leases  for  the  years  ended
      December  31,  1998,  1997  and  1996,  was  $1,905,   $1,924,  and  $110,
      respectively.

               EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT - On  December 4, 1998 the Company  entered
      into an  employment  agreement  with the Company's new President and Chief
      Executive  Officer.  In  connection  with his  employment,  the  executive
      received  an  option to  purchase  the  number of shares of the  Company's
      common stock,  which constituted 5% of the current fully diluted number

                                      F-31

<PAGE>

      of all shares of common stock. One-third of the options vested immediately
      with the  balance  to vest over 42 months.  All  unvested  options  vested
      immediately  upon the  purchase of the  Company by Bridge.  See Note 2 for
      discussion of the purchase.

               LITIGATION - The Company is subject to various legal  proceedings
      and other actions arising out of the normal course of business.  While the
      results of such  proceedings  and actions cannot be predicted,  management
      believes,  based on the advice of legal counsel, that the ultimate outcome
      of such proceedings and actions will not have a material adverse effect on
      the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

12.      VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

      Activity in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  ADDITIONS
                                                BALANCE AT       CHARGED TO
                                               BEGINNING OF       COSTS AND                         BALANCE AT
                                                   YEAR           EXPENSES      DEDUCTIONS         END OF YEAR
                                               ------------       --------      ----------         -----------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>
               December 31, 1996               $        --    $         16     $        --         $        16
               December 31, 1997                        16             254            (142)                128
               December 31, 1998                       128             278            (257)                149
</TABLE>

                                   * * * * * *


                                      F-32
<PAGE>

                                 ________ Shares





                        SAVVIS Communications Corporation





                                  Common Stock





                                 --------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                 --------------


                                       , 1999




                              Merrill Lynch & Co.
                           Morgan Stanley Dean Witter



<PAGE>


                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

         The following  table sets forth all fees and  expenses,  other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions,  payable by the Registrant in connection
with the sale of the  common  stock  being  registered.  All  amounts  shown are
estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Amount
         ------
       <S>                                                                                         <C>
         SEC registration fee....................................................................    $ 20,850
         NASD filing fee.........................................................................       8,000
         Nasdaq National Market listing fee......................................................           *
         Blue sky fees and expenses..............................................................           *
         Accounting fees and expenses............................................................           *
         Legal fees and expenses.................................................................           *
         Printing and engraving expenses.........................................................           *
         Transfer agent fees and expenses........................................................           *
         Miscellaneous expenses..................................................................           *
                                                                                                    -------------
              Total..............................................................................   $       *
                                                                                                    ==============
</TABLE>
- ---------------------------
 * To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         Under  Section  145  of  the  Delaware   General   Corporation  Law,  a
corporation may indemnify its directors,  officers, employees and agents and its
former  directors,  officers,  employees and agents and those who serve,  at the
corporation's  request,  in such  capacities  with another  enterprise,  against
expenses  (including   attorneys'  fees),  as  well  as  judgments,   fines  and
settlements  in  nonderivative  lawsuits,  actually and  reasonably  incurred in
connection  with the defense of any action,  suit or proceeding in which they or
any of them were or are made  parties or are  threatened  to be made  parties by
reason of their serving or having served in such capacity.  The Delaware General
Corporation  Law  provides,  however,  that such  person must have acted in good
faith and in a manner such person  reasonably  believed to be in (or not opposed
to) the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of a criminal action,
such person must have had no reasonable  cause to believe his or her conduct was
unlawful.  In addition,  the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law does not permit
indemnification  in an  action  or suit by or in the  right of the  corporation,
where such person has been adjudged liable to the corporation,  unless, and only
to the extent that, a court determines that such person fairly and reasonably is
entitled to  indemnity  for costs the court deems  proper in light of  liability
adjudication.  Indemnity is mandatory to the extent a claim, issue or matter has
been successfully defended.

         The Registrant's  certificate of incorporation contains provisions that
provide  that no  director  of the  Registrant  shall be  liable  for  breach of
fiduciary duty as a director,  except for (1) any breach of the directors'  duty
of loyalty to the Registrant or its  stockholders;  (2) acts or omissions not in
good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the
law; (3) liability under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
(4) any  transaction  from  which the  director  derived  an  improper  personal

                                      II-1


<PAGE>

benefit.  The  indemnification  provided under the  Registrant's  certificate of
incorporation  includes  the  right  to be  paid  expenses  in  advance  of  any
proceeding for which  indemnification  may be had, provided that the director or
officer undertakes to repay such amount if it is determined that the director or
officer is not entitled to indemnification.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

         Since the  Registrant's  formation on March 3, 1998,  it has issued and
sold the securities described below in the following unregistered transactions:

          (1)  On  March  4,  1998,  in  connection  with  its  formation,   the
               Registrant  issued  1,606,682  shares  of  its  common  stock  in
               exchange  for  all of the  outstanding  common  stock  of  SAVVIS
               Communications  Corporation,  a Missouri  corporation ("SCC"), in
               connection   with   the   reorganization   of  SCC   and   SAVVIS
               Communications Enterprises,  L.L.C., a Missouri limited liability
               company (the "LLC").

          (2)  Between March and July 1998, in a series of related transactions,
               the Registrant  sold to First Union Capital  Partners,  Inc., BCI
               Growth  IV,  L.P.  and R-H  Capital  Partners,  L.P.  a total  of
               18,226,228 shares of its Series C Redeemable  Preferred Stock for
               $18,226,228; to J.P. Morgan Investment Corporation and Sixty Wall
               Street SBIC Fund, L.P. a total of 8,000,000  shares of its Series
               C Redeemable  Preferred Stock for $8,000,000;  and to the holders
               of  convertible  promissory  notes  of SCC and the LLC a total of
               3,773,772  shares of its Series C Redeemable  Preferred  Stock in
               exchange for all the outstanding  notes. The Registrant issued to
               these investors  warrants to purchase up to a total of 10,334,327
               shares of its  common  stock,  at an  exercise  price of $.01 per
               share.

          (3)  On March 4, 1998,  the  Registrant  issued  502,410 shares of its
               Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock in exchange for all of the
               outstanding shares of SCC's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
               In addition,  the  Registrant  issued  warrants to purchase up to
               15,000 shares of its Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock at an
               exercise  price of $10.64 per share in exchange  for  warrants to
               purchase an equal amount of shares of SCC's Series A  Convertible
               Preferred Stock, and warrants to purchase up to 349,228 shares of
               its  common  stock at an  exercise  price of $4.13  per  share in
               exchange  for  warrants to purchase an equal  amount of shares of
               SCC's common stock.

          (4)  On March 4, 1998, the Registrant  issued  5,649,241 shares of its
               Series B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock in exchange  for an equal
               amount of Class B shares of the LLC.

          (5)  On March 4, 1998,  the  Registrant  issued  728,575 shares of its
               common  stock  in  exchange  for the  outstanding  securities  of
               Interconnected Associates, Inc.

          (6)  Between May 1998 and March 1999, the Registrant issued options to
               purchase a total of  1,560,968  shares of its  common  stock to a
               total of 177 employees,  at exercise  prices ranging from $.40 to
               $1.10  per  share.   These   options  were   granted   under  the
               Registrant's 1998 Stock Option Plan.

          (7)  Between July and October 1999, the Registrant  granted options to
               purchase 3,674,000 shares of the Registrant's common stock to 121
               employees  of Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.  at an exercise
               price of $.50 per  share.  In that same  period,  the  Registrant
               granted options to purchase up to 2,575,250  shares of its common
               stock to 92 of its
                                      II-2


<PAGE>

               employees  at an exercise  price of $.50 per share.  All of these
               options  were  granted  pursuant to the  Registrant's  1999 Stock
               Option  Plan.  On that same  date,  the  Registrant  offered  its
               employees  an  election to convert  options to  purchase  236,882
               shares of common stock of Bridge into options to purchase 236,882
               shares of common stock of the  Registrant at an exercise price of
               $.50 per share.

          (8)  During  1998 and 1999,  Registrant  issued  92,565  shares of its
               common  stock  pursuant to the  exercise of stock  options by its
               employees for an aggregate purchase price of $36,100.

         The Registrant issued the securities described above in reliance on the
exemptions from registration  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or
Regulation D  promulgated  under  Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act, or, with
respect to issuances to employees,  or employees of Bridge, Rule 701 promulgated
under  Section  3(b) of the  Securities  Act, as  transactions  by an issuer not
involving a public  offering or transactions  pursuant to  compensatory  benefit
plans and contracts  relating to  compensation  as provided  under Rule 701. The
recipients of securities in these  transactions  represented their intentions to
acquire these  securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale
in connection with any distribution of the securities. In addition,  appropriate
legends were affixed to the instruments  representing  the securities  issued in
these   transactions.   All  recipients  had  adequate  access,   through  their
relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.



ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number        Exhibit Description
- ------        -------------------
<S>      <C>

1.1*       Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1**      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

3.2**      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

4.1*       Form of Common Stock Certificate

5.1*       Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. as to the validity of the shares being offered

10.1**     1999 Stock Option Plan

10.2*      Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan

10.3*      Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan

10.4*      Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan

10.5*      Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan

10.6*      Amended and Restated  Agreement  and Plan of Merger,  dated March 9, 1999,  among the  Registrant,  SAVVIS  Acquisition
           Corp. and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.


</TABLE>
                                      II-3


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>      <C>
10.7*      Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 1998, between the Registrant and Clyde A. Heintzelman

10.8*      Master Establishment and Transition Agreement between the Registrant and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.9*      Administrative Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.10*     Equipment Collocation Permit between the Registrant and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.11*     Local Network Access Agreement between the Registrant and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.12*     Network Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.13*     Transfer Agreement between the Registrant and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.14*     Promissory Note made by the Registrant and payable to the order of Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

11.1*      Statement regarding computation of net income per share

21.1**     Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1**     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2**     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

23.3*      Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1**     Power of attorney  (included  in the  signature  page to this  registration
           statement)

27.1**     Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
- -----------
* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.

                                      II-4



<PAGE>


ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

         The  undersigned   registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
underwriters   at  the  closing   specified  in  the   Underwriting   Agreement,
certificates  in such  denominations  and  registered  in such  names  as may be
required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable.  If a claim for indemnification  against such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  registrant  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

         (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
the  information  omitted  from  the  form of  prospectus  filed as part of this
registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be part of this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

         (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
Act, each  post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities  offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-5



<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to this  Registration  Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of St. Louis, State of Missouri, on December 9, 1999.

                                            SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION


                                            By: /s/  Robert McCormick
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Robert McCormick
                                                Acting President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer and Chairman
                                                of the Board




         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons,  in the
capacities indicated below, on the dates indicated.


                                      II-6


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Signature                                  Title                                       Date
              ---------                                  -----                                       ----
<S>                                      <C>                                              <C>
/s/ Robert McCormick                       Acting President and Chief Executive             December  9, 1999
- --------------------                       Officer and Chairman of the Board
Robert McCormick                           (principal executive officer)


/s/ David J. Frear*                        Executive Vice President, Chief                  December  9, 1999
- ------------------                         Financial Officer and Director
David J. Frear                             (principal financial officer and
                                           principal accounting officer)


/s/ Clyde A. Heintzelman*                  Director                                         December  9, 1999
- -------------------------
Clyde A. Heintzelman


/s/ Thomas McInerney*                      Director                                         December  9, 1999
- -------------------------
Thomas McInerney


/s/ Patrick Welsh*                         Director                                         December  9, 1999
- -------------------------
Patrick Welsh


/s/ Thomas M. Wendel*                      Director                                         December  9, 1999
- ---------------------
Thomas M. Wendel



</TABLE>

*By: /s/ Robert McCormick
    ---------------------
    Robert McCormick
    Attorney-in-Fact
    and Agent


                                      II-7


<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Number        Exhibit Description

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>      <C>
1.1*       Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1**      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

3.2**      Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

4.1*       Form of Common Stock Certificate

5.1*       Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. as to the validity of the shares being offered

10.1**     1999 Stock Option Plan

10.2*      Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan

10.3*      Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan

10.4*      Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan

10.5*      Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock Option Plan

10.6*      Amended and Restated  Agreement  and Plan of Merger,  dated March 9, 1999,  among the  Registrant,  SAVVIS  Acquisition
           Corp. and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.7*      Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 1998, between the Registrant and Clyde A. Heintzelman

10.8*      Master Establishment and Transition Agreement between the Registrant and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.9*      Administrative Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.10*     Equipment Collocation Permit between the Registrant and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.11*     Local Network Access Agreement between the Registrant and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.12*     Network Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications Corporation and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.13*     Transfer Agreement between the Registrant and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

10.14*     Promissory Note made by the Registrant and payable to the order of  Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>
11.1*      Statement regarding computation of net income per share

21.1**     Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1**     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2**     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

23.3*      Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1**     Power of attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)

27.1**     Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

- -----------

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission